EP1809626A2 - Aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds as ligands of the melanin concentrating hormone receptor - Google Patents
Aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds as ligands of the melanin concentrating hormone receptorInfo
- Publication number
- EP1809626A2 EP1809626A2 EP05812516A EP05812516A EP1809626A2 EP 1809626 A2 EP1809626 A2 EP 1809626A2 EP 05812516 A EP05812516 A EP 05812516A EP 05812516 A EP05812516 A EP 05812516A EP 1809626 A2 EP1809626 A2 EP 1809626A2
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- compound
- alkoxy
- salt
- hydroxy
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Withdrawn
Links
- 108010047068 Melanin-concentrating hormone receptor Proteins 0.000 title claims abstract description 190
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 title claims abstract description 35
- 239000003446 ligand Substances 0.000 title abstract description 11
- DGGKXQQCVPAUEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane Chemical class C1CCC2CCC1N2 DGGKXQQCVPAUEA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 title abstract description 9
- 102000029828 Melanin-concentrating hormone receptor Human genes 0.000 title description 168
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 267
- 101800002739 Melanin-concentrating hormone Proteins 0.000 claims abstract description 72
- 230000027455 binding Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 62
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 62
- 238000009739 binding Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 60
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 52
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 30
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 claims abstract description 27
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 26
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- 208000012201 sexual and gender identity disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 208000015891 sexual disease Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 11
- 102000006953 melanin-concentrating hormone receptor activity proteins Human genes 0.000 claims abstract 24
- -1 nitro, cyano, amino Chemical group 0.000 claims description 94
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 86
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 claims description 67
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 67
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical class 0.000 claims description 66
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 65
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 claims description 56
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 56
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 claims description 55
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 52
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 52
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 52
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 51
- 125000004043 oxo group Chemical group O=* 0.000 claims description 42
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 claims description 37
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 36
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims description 35
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 32
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 claims description 27
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 21
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 20
- 230000004913 activation Effects 0.000 claims description 17
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 17
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 16
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 claims description 15
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 208000008589 Obesity Diseases 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 13
- 235000020824 obesity Nutrition 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 13
- 208000030814 Eating disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 208000019454 Feeding and Eating disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 235000014632 disordered eating Nutrition 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000000592 heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000000882 C2-C6 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 claims description 10
- NMRPBPVERJPACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N octan-3-ol Chemical compound CCCCCC(O)CC NMRPBPVERJPACX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000003601 C2-C6 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 9
- 208000019901 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004399 C1-C4 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000006011 Stroke Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000036506 anxiety Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000000670 ligand binding assay Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004193 piperazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003386 piperidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000000719 pyrrolidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000027425 release of sequestered calcium ion into cytosol Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000001054 5 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004008 6 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000004075 alteration Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000010877 cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000002757 morpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 claims description 6
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 claims description 6
- 208000012639 Balance disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 208000001145 Metabolic Syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 229910006074 SO2NH2 Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 5
- 201000000690 abdominal obesity-metabolic syndrome Diseases 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000003718 tetrahydrofuranyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004568 thiomorpholinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001425 triazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000000392 cycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000002001 electrophysiology Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000007831 electrophysiology Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000004634 feeding behavior Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001841 imino group Chemical group [H]N=* 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000006582 (C5-C6) heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000443 aerosol Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004366 heterocycloalkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000842 isoxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CCCN1 HNJBEVLQSNELDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002943 quinolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000031019 skin pigmentation disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000005054 dihydropyrrolyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])N1* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000005879 dioxolanyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003392 indanyl group Chemical group C1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000003453 indazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(C2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000904 isoindolyl group Chemical group C=1(NC=C2C=CC=CC12)* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004628 isothiazolidinyl group Chemical group S1N(CCC1)* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001412 tetrahydropyranyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004853 tetrahydropyridinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC=C1)* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001113 thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000004958 brain cell Anatomy 0.000 claims 2
- ZJZHVJYIJCFKKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-8-[1-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)ethyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol Chemical compound CC1=C(C)C(OC)=CC=C1C(C)N1C2CCC1CC(O)(C=1C=C(F)C(F)=CC=1)C2 ZJZHVJYIJCFKKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- NXDYBDVTGQASJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-[(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)methyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane Chemical compound CC1=C(C)C(OC)=CC=C1CN1C2CCC1CC(C=1C=C(OC)C(Cl)=CC=1)C2 NXDYBDVTGQASJP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- MZAIFSHRARGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-[[2,3-dimethyl-4-(3-pyridin-2-ylpropoxy)phenyl]methyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(OC)=CC(C2(O)CC3CCC(N3CC=3C(=C(C)C(OCCCC=4N=CC=CC=4)=CC=3)C)C2)=C1 MZAIFSHRARGFJD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- JZURFBPELHSHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-[[4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]methyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol Chemical compound CC1=C(C)C(OCCOC)=CC=C1CN1C2CCC1CC(O)(C=1C=C(OC)C(Cl)=CC=1)C2 JZURFBPELHSHKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- NLZODKPFDPKYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-[[4-(3-methoxypropoxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]methyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol Chemical compound CC1=C(C)C(OCCCOC)=CC=C1CN1C2CCC1CC(O)(C=1C=C(OC)C(Cl)=CC=1)C2 NLZODKPFDPKYFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- VLINVBMYFZRDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-[[4-[3-(dimethylamino)propoxy]-2,3-dimethylphenyl]methyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(OC)=CC(C2(O)CC3CCC(N3CC=3C(=C(C)C(OCCCN(C)C)=CC=3)C)C2)=C1 VLINVBMYFZRDCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- UDPORFNWJPNRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-[4-chloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-8-[(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)methyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol Chemical compound CC1=C(C)C(OC)=CC=C1CN1C2CCC1CC(O)(C=1C=C(C(Cl)=CC=1)C(F)(F)F)C2 UDPORFNWJPNRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- DTMOQJMLEYWKTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=C(C(=C(C=C1)C(C)N1C2CC(CC1CC2)(O)C2=CC=C(C=C2)C(F)(F)F)C)C Chemical compound COC1=C(C(=C(C=C1)C(C)N1C2CC(CC1CC2)(O)C2=CC=C(C=C2)C(F)(F)F)C)C DTMOQJMLEYWKTL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- QXFCGGMXMBAUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=C(C(=C(C=C1)C(C)N1C2CC(CC1CC2)C(=O)C2=CC=C(C=C2)C(F)(F)F)C)C Chemical compound COC1=C(C(=C(C=C1)C(C)N1C2CC(CC1CC2)C(=O)C2=CC=C(C=C2)C(F)(F)F)C)C QXFCGGMXMBAUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 abstract description 25
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 abstract description 25
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 abstract description 11
- 244000144972 livestock Species 0.000 abstract description 6
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000004807 localization Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 230000001850 reproductive effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 3
- 102400001132 Melanin-concentrating hormone Human genes 0.000 description 64
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 37
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 33
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 32
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 30
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 29
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 29
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 27
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 description 26
- 229940075993 receptor modulator Drugs 0.000 description 26
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 25
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 20
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 19
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 19
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 18
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 17
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 15
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 15
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 14
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 14
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 14
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 13
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 13
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 12
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 12
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 12
- 238000000159 protein binding assay Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 12
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 12
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 11
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 10
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 10
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 10
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 10
- TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium chloride Chemical compound [Mg+2].[Cl-].[Cl-] TWRXJAOTZQYOKJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 9
- 239000007832 Na2SO4 Substances 0.000 description 9
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 9
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 9
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 239000012148 binding buffer Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 9
- 235000019439 ethyl acetate Nutrition 0.000 description 9
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 9
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 9
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 9
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 8
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L caesium carbonate Chemical compound [Cs+].[Cs+].[O-]C([O-])=O FJDQFPXHSGXQBY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 8
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 8
- 210000004185 liver Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 8
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 8
- 206010006550 Bulimia nervosa Diseases 0.000 description 7
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 7
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 7
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 7
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- 229940060184 oil ingredients Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 150000004885 piperazines Chemical class 0.000 description 7
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 229960004063 propylene glycol Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 7
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 7
- VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonium hydroxide Chemical compound [NH4+].[OH-] VHUUQVKOLVNVRT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 6
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 6
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 102100027373 Melanin-concentrating hormone receptor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 6
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N Tritium Chemical compound [3H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-NJFSPNSNSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000003016 hypothalamus Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 230000009871 nonspecific binding Effects 0.000 description 6
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000651 prodrug Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940002612 prodrug Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000018 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229940044601 receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 229940044551 receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 239000002464 receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 6
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 6
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 229910052722 tritium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 6
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 5
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 5
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 5
- 101710089759 Melanin-concentrating hormone receptor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 5
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 5
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000000975 dye Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 5
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 229960005150 glycerol Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000001963 growth medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000001188 haloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO BXWNKGSJHAJOGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 5
- 208000030159 metabolic disease Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000001525 receptor binding assay Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006722 reduction reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000006413 ring segment Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 230000019491 signal transduction Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000011534 wash buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 208000016261 weight loss Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 230000004580 weight loss Effects 0.000 description 5
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 4
- JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-(2-hydroxyethyl)piperazin-1-yl]ethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCC[NH+]1CCN(CCS([O-])(=O)=O)CC1 JKMHFZQWWAIEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002407 ATP formation Effects 0.000 description 4
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 4
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 4
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 102000003688 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000045 G-Protein-Coupled Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 101500028288 Homo sapiens Melanin-concentrating hormone Proteins 0.000 description 4
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229930194542 Keto Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 206010052005 Psychogenic erectile dysfunction Diseases 0.000 description 4
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229910000024 caesium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000013604 expression vector Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229910001629 magnesium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000003228 microsomal effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Butyllithium Substances [Li]CCCC MZRVEZGGRBJDDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 210000001577 neostriatum Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 238000012746 preparative thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 125000003003 spiro group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940066771 systemic antihistamines piperazine derivative Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 4
- 231100000419 toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 4
- 230000001988 toxicity Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 4
- JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N (2r,3r,4s)-2-[(1r)-1,2-dihydroxyethyl]oxolane-3,4-diol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1O JNYAEWCLZODPBN-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- HOZLOOPIXHWKCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-n-methylacetamide Chemical compound CNC(=O)CCl HOZLOOPIXHWKCI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DKTULLLIQZCNHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-[(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)methyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(OC)=CC(C2(O)CC3CCC(N3CC=3C(=C(C)C(O)=CC=3)C)C2)=C1 DKTULLLIQZCNHX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SYBWCISSKWWJGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(OC)=CC(C2(O)CC3CCC(N3)C2)=C1 SYBWCISSKWWJGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102100031126 6-phosphogluconolactonase Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108010029731 6-phosphogluconolactonase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 8-[3-(1-cyclopropylpyrazol-4-yl)-1H-pyrazolo[4,3-d]pyrimidin-5-yl]-3-methyl-3,8-diazabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-2-one Chemical class C1(CC1)N1N=CC(=C1)C1=NNC2=C1N=C(N=C2)N1C2C(N(CC1CC2)C)=O HBAQYPYDRFILMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000009010 Bradford assay Methods 0.000 description 3
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000699802 Cricetulus griseus Species 0.000 description 3
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 3
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 108010018962 Glucosephosphate Dehydrogenase Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 239000007995 HEPES buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 206010019842 Hepatomegaly Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002873 Polyethylenimine Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000004743 Polypropylene Substances 0.000 description 3
- 241000283984 Rodentia Species 0.000 description 3
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000002252 acyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000007900 aqueous suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012131 assay buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000000376 autoradiography Methods 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000002837 carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000004978 chinese hamster ovary cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000004587 chromatography analysis Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960001760 dimethyl sulfoxide Drugs 0.000 description 3
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical group C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000037765 diseases and disorders Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 239000003651 drinking water Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000020188 drinking water Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000012631 food intake Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 3
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 210000001853 liver microsome Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 3
- QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CS(Cl)(=O)=O QARBMVPHQWIHKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 3
- 210000004940 nucleus Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 210000001672 ovary Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229920001155 polypropylene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 3
- QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N propylparaben Chemical compound CCCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 QELSKZZBTMNZEB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960004274 stearic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000012222 talc Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 3
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000005406 washing Methods 0.000 description 3
- 125000000229 (C1-C4)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000006656 (C2-C4) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000006272 (C3-C7) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XDOFQFKRPWOURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 16-methylheptadecanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O XDOFQFKRPWOURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- KOPFEFZSAMLEHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C=1C=CNN=1 KOPFEFZSAMLEHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000006491 Acacia senegal Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetophenone Chemical class CC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWOLFJPFCHCOCG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000008811 Agoraphobia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010039627 Aprotinin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010001478 Bacitracin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 208000032841 Bulimia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 125000004648 C2-C8 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].[Cl-].[Ca+2] UXVMQQNJUSDDNG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 206010012289 Dementia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N Deuterium Chemical compound [2H] YZCKVEUIGOORGS-OUBTZVSYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethyl ether Chemical compound COC LCGLNKUTAGEVQW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- OZLGRUXZXMRXGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluo-3 Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)C(OCCOC=2C(=CC=C(C=2)C2=C3C=C(Cl)C(=O)C=C3OC3=CC(O)=C(Cl)C=C32)N(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O)=C1 OZLGRUXZXMRXGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycine Chemical compound NCC(O)=O DHMQDGOQFOQNFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229940127517 Hormone Receptor Modulators Drugs 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 241000282567 Macaca fascicularis Species 0.000 description 2
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100023724 Melanocortin receptor 4 Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 102000018697 Membrane Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010052285 Membrane Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000012359 Methanesulfonyl chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000004868 N-Methyl-D-Aspartate Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001041 N-Methyl-D-Aspartate Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 102000003797 Neuropeptides Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000189 Neuropeptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- GQPLMRYTRLFLPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitrous Oxide Chemical compound [O-][N+]#N GQPLMRYTRLFLPF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000021384 Obsessive-Compulsive disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ZPHBZEQOLSRPAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoramidon Natural products C=1NC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC(C(O)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NP(O)(=O)OC1OC(C)C(O)C(O)C1O ZPHBZEQOLSRPAK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000012641 Pigmentation disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propane Chemical compound CCC ATUOYWHBWRKTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010021436 Type 4 Melanocortin Receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 241000251539 Vertebrata <Metazoa> Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010047642 Vitiligo Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 208000012826 adjustment disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 230000007000 age related cognitive decline Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000278 alkyl amino alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- POJWUDADGALRAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N allantoin Chemical compound NC(=O)NC1NC(=O)NC1=O POJWUDADGALRAB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004103 aminoalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 235000019789 appetite Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000036528 appetite Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960004405 aprotinin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000001539 azetidines Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229960003071 bacitracin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229930184125 bacitracin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- CLKOFPXJLQSYAH-ABRJDSQDSA-N bacitracin A Chemical compound C1SC([C@@H](N)[C@@H](C)CC)=N[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](CCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2N=CNC=2)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCCCC1 CLKOFPXJLQSYAH-ABRJDSQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002619 bicyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008499 blood brain barrier function Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000001218 blood-brain barrier Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019437 butane-1,3-diol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000010216 calcium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001110 calcium chloride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910001628 calcium chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000004359 castor oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019438 castor oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000170 cell membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000013553 cell monolayer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960000541 cetyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 108700010039 chimeric receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002299 complementary DNA Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000004748 cultured cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000002784 cytotoxicity assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000263 cytotoxicity test Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N d-alpha-tocopherol Natural products OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2OC(CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- SASYSVUEVMOWPL-NXVVXOECSA-N decyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC SASYSVUEVMOWPL-NXVVXOECSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052805 deuterium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- DOIRQSBPFJWKBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N dibutyl phthalate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)OCCCC DOIRQSBPFJWKBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000007865 diluting Methods 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 2
- ANEJUHJDPGTVIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 3-oxo-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate Chemical compound C1C(=O)CC2CCC1N2C(=O)OCC ANEJUHJDPGTVIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N fluorescein Chemical compound O1C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2C21C1=CC=C(O)C=C1OC1=CC(O)=CC=C21 GNBHRKFJIUUOQI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001943 fluorescence-activated cell sorting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011888 foil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000037406 food intake Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000002825 functional assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000007903 gelatin capsule Substances 0.000 description 2
- RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N glutathione Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)NCC(O)=O RWSXRVCMGQZWBV-WDSKDSINSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N glycerol triricinoleate Natural products CCCCCC[C@@H](O)CC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](COC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@@H](O)CCCCCC)OC(=O)CCCCCCCC=CC[C@H](O)CCCCCC ZEMPKEQAKRGZGQ-XOQCFJPHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 150000004820 halides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000003494 hepatocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O IPCSVZSSVZVIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexol Chemical compound OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001320 hippocampus Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000000265 homogenisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011539 homogenization buffer Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003906 humectant Substances 0.000 description 2
- IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrazine hydrate Chemical compound O.NN IKDUDTNKRLTJSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 description 2
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 150000002460 imidazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZPNFWUPYTFPOJU-LPYSRVMUSA-N iniprol Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@H]2CSSC[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC(O)=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=4C=CC(O)=CC=4)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=4C=CC=CC=4)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC2=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]2N(CCC2)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)NCC(=O)N2[C@@H](CCC2)C(=O)N3)C(=O)NCC(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N1)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)[C@@H](C)CC)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZPNFWUPYTFPOJU-LPYSRVMUSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940125425 inverse agonist Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- NNPPMTNAJDCUHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N isobutane Chemical compound CC(C)C NNPPMTNAJDCUHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960004592 isopropanol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000011813 knockout mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- DLEDOFVPSDKWEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N lithium butane Chemical compound [Li+].CCC[CH2-] DLEDOFVPSDKWEF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 2
- ORRDHOMWDPJSNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N melanin concentrating hormone Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)CNC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CCSC)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC(O)=O)C(C)O)CCSC)CSSCC(C(=O)NC(CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(C(C)C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)C2CCCN2C(=O)C(CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)C1CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ORRDHOMWDPJSNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000047659 melanin-concentrating hormone Human genes 0.000 description 2
- WCYWZMWISLQXQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl Chemical class [CH3] WCYWZMWISLQXQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004292 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N methylparaben Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 LXCFILQKKLGQFO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001589 microsome Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 208000027061 mild cognitive impairment Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000013336 milk Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 210000004080 milk Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GLDOVTGHNKAZLK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethanesulfonyl fluoride Chemical compound FS(=O)(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 YBYRMVIVWMBXKQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 2
- BWSDNRQVTFZQQD-AYVHNPTNSA-N phosphoramidon Chemical compound O([P@@](O)(=O)N[C@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CC=1[C]2C=CC=CC2=NC=1)C(O)=O)[C@H]1O[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O BWSDNRQVTFZQQD-AYVHNPTNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010072906 phosphoramidon Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 229920000136 polysorbate Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000001556 precipitation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003380 propellant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000002287 radioligand Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010898 silica gel chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000017520 skin disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000012279 sodium borohydride Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910000033 sodium borohydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium dihydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].OP(O)([O-])=O AJPJDKMHJJGVTQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 229910000162 sodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 238000004611 spectroscopical analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012289 standard assay Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 208000023516 stroke disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 2
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004809 thin layer chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000003396 thiol group Chemical group [H]S* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002463 transducing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000012384 transportation and delivery Methods 0.000 description 2
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 2
- QQXLDOJGLXJCSE-KNVOCYPGSA-N tropinone Chemical compound C1C(=O)C[C@H]2CC[C@@H]1N2C QQXLDOJGLXJCSE-KNVOCYPGSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002691 unilamellar liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000003828 vacuum filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- DBGIVFWFUFKIQN-VIFPVBQESA-N (+)-Fenfluramine Chemical compound CCN[C@@H](C)CC1=CC=CC(C(F)(F)F)=C1 DBGIVFWFUFKIQN-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UTLUCORTSA-N (+)-Neomenthol Chemical compound CC(C)[C@@H]1CC[C@@H](C)C[C@@H]1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UTLUCORTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N (-)-Nicotine Chemical compound CN1CCC[C@H]1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-JTQLQIEISA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N (9Z)-octadecen-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCO ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006650 (C2-C4) alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000006568 (C4-C7) heterocycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-Dichloroethane Chemical compound CC(Cl)Cl SCYULBFZEHDVBN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QMMJWQMCMRUYTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,4,5-tetrachloro-3-(trifluoromethyl)benzene Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C1=C(Cl)C(Cl)=CC(Cl)=C1Cl QMMJWQMCMRUYTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001637 1-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C(*)=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 13-cis retinol Natural products OCC=C(C)C=CC=C(C)C=CC1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LGEZTMRIZWCDLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 14-methylpentadecyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)C LGEZTMRIZWCDLW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BNYCHCAYYYRJSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyrazole-5-carboxamide Chemical class NC(=O)C1=CC=NN1 BNYCHCAYYYRJSH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HDIFHQMREAYYJW-FMIVXFBMSA-N 2,3-dihydroxypropyl (e)-12-hydroxyoctadec-9-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCC(O)C\C=C\CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO HDIFHQMREAYYJW-FMIVXFBMSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WKAXDAMWMOBXMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-diphenylpyridine Chemical class C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CN=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 WKAXDAMWMOBXMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GLYCMCSERQIQQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-1-(4-chlorophenyl)-n'-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]imidazole-4-carbohydrazide Chemical compound C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=CC=C1NNC(=O)C1=CN(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)C(C=2C(=CC=CC=2)Cl)=N1 GLYCMCSERQIQQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FLPJVCMIKUWSDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(4-formylphenoxy)acetamide Chemical compound NC(=O)COC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 FLPJVCMIKUWSDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ACHARCXLWAWAIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-[[3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-8-yl]methyl]-2,3-dimethylphenoxy]-n,n-dimethylacetamide Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(OC)=CC(C2(O)CC3CCC(N3CC=3C(=C(C)C(OCC(=O)N(C)C)=CC=3)C)C2)=C1 ACHARCXLWAWAIO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JACOAEATKHHHQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-[4-[[3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-8-yl]methyl]-2,3-dimethylphenoxy]-n-methylacetamide Chemical compound CC1=C(C)C(OCC(=O)NC)=CC=C1CN1C2CCC1CC(O)(C=1C=C(OC)C(Cl)=CC=1)C2 JACOAEATKHHHQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005273 2-acetoxybenzoic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- XBPPLECAZBTMMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-n,n-dimethylacetamide Chemical compound CN(C)C(=O)CCl XBPPLECAZBTMMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethoxyethanol Chemical compound CCOCCO ZNQVEEAIQZEUHB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RFVNOJDQRGSOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyethyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCO RFVNOJDQRGSOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OJIBJRXMHVZPLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-methylpropyl hexadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(C)C OJIBJRXMHVZPLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001622 2-naphthyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C2C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C([H])C2=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DVQDOPNULJJRIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-[(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)methyl]-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol Chemical compound CC1=C(C)C(OC)=CC=C1CN1C2CCC1CC(O)(C=1C=C(OC)C(Cl)=CC=1)C2 DVQDOPNULJJRIC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005917 3-methylpentyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005925 3-methylpentyloxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UAMVKOTWSHJOSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-bromo-1-chloro-2-methoxybenzene Chemical compound COC1=CC(Br)=CC=C1Cl UAMVKOTWSHJOSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-hydroxy-1-piperidin-4-ylpyrrolidin-2-one Chemical compound O=C1CC(O)CN1C1CCNCC1 HIQIXEFWDLTDED-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MAFDJCNDRCNZFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylbenzaldehyde Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(C=O)C(C)=C1C MAFDJCNDRCNZFM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AMEMLELAMQEAIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 6-(tert-butyl)thieno[3,2-d]pyrimidin-4(3H)-one Chemical compound N1C=NC(=O)C2=C1C=C(C(C)(C)C)S2 AMEMLELAMQEAIA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001960 7 membered carbocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 241000251468 Actinopterygii Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010067484 Adverse reaction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- POJWUDADGALRAB-PVQJCKRUSA-N Allantoin Natural products NC(=O)N[C@@H]1NC(=O)NC1=O POJWUDADGALRAB-PVQJCKRUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019489 Almond oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000144927 Aloe barbadensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002961 Aloe barbadensis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia chloride Chemical class [NH4+].[Cl-] NLXLAEXVIDQMFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 206010002758 Anticipatory anxiety Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100033367 Appetite-regulating hormone Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710111255 Appetite-regulating hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000003911 Arachis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010003210 Arteriosclerosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010011485 Aspartame Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Busulfan Chemical compound CS(=O)(=O)OCCCCOS(C)(=O)=O COVZYZSDYWQREU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004358 Butane-1, 3-diol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004649 C2-C8 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940122820 Cannabinoid receptor antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 206010007269 Carcinogenicity Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000024172 Cardiovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700198 Cavia Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920000623 Cellulose acetate phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229910004664 Cerium(III) chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000028698 Cognitive impairment Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000012289 Corticotropin-Releasing Hormone Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010022152 Corticotropin-Releasing Hormone Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000000055 Corticotropin-Releasing Hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-KQYNXXCUSA-N Cyclic adenosine monophosphate Chemical compound C([C@H]1O2)OP(O)(=O)O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H]2N1C(N=CN=C2N)=C2N=C1 IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-KQYNXXCUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010074922 Cytochrome P-450 CYP1A2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000008144 Cytochrome P-450 CYP1A2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010026925 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2C19 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010000543 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2C9 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001237 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2D6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010001202 Cytochrome P-450 CYP2E1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010081668 Cytochrome P-450 CYP3A Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010015742 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000002004 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100036194 Cytochrome P450 2A6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100029363 Cytochrome P450 2C19 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100029358 Cytochrome P450 2C9 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100021704 Cytochrome P450 2D6 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100024889 Cytochrome P450 2E1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100039205 Cytochrome P450 3A4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- NBSCHQHZLSJFNQ-GASJEMHNSA-N D-Glucose 6-phosphate Chemical compound OC1O[C@H](COP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O NBSCHQHZLSJFNQ-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N D-mannopyranose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-QTVWNMPRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N DL-menthol Natural products CC(C)C1CCC(C)CC1O NOOLISFMXDJSKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N DMF Natural products CC1=CC=C(C)O1 GSNUFIFRDBKVIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010012335 Dependence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 1
- PYGXAGIECVVIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dibutyl decanedioate Chemical compound CCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCC PYGXAGIECVVIOZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004338 Dichlorodifluoromethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diisopropyl ether Chemical compound CC(C)OC(C)C ZAFNJMIOTHYJRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010067722 Dipeptidyl Peptidase 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000016622 Dipeptidyl Peptidase 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102100025012 Dipeptidyl peptidase 4 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000015554 Dopamine receptor Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108050004812 Dopamine receptor Proteins 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethane Chemical compound CC OTMSDBZUPAUEDD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCO LYCAIKOWRPUZTN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003134 Eudragit® polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Formate Chemical compound [O-]C=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 102000034353 G alpha subunit Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091006099 G alpha subunit Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108091006027 G proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000030782 GTP binding Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108091000058 GTP-Binding Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400001370 Galanin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101800002068 Galanin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000018522 Gastrointestinal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101000930822 Giardia intestinalis Dipeptidyl-peptidase 4 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- VFRROHXSMXFLSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glc6P Natural products OP(=O)(O)OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O VFRROHXSMXFLSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010024636 Glutathione Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004471 Glycine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 1
- CMBYOWLFQAFZCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hexyl dodecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCCCC CMBYOWLFQAFZCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 101000875170 Homo sapiens Cytochrome P450 2A6 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000581402 Homo sapiens Melanin-concentrating hormone receptor 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000581408 Homo sapiens Melanin-concentrating hormone receptor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000004354 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000663 Hydroxyethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydroxylamine Chemical compound ON AVXURJPOCDRRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010063743 Hypophagia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010065390 Inflammatory pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 102000016267 Leptin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010092277 Leptin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229940122942 Leptin receptor agonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GDBQQVLCIARPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Leupeptin Natural products CC(C)CC(NC(C)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(C=O)CCCN=C(N)N GDBQQVLCIARPGH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000026139 Memory disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 244000246386 Mentha pulegium Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000016257 Mentha pulegium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000004357 Mentha x piperita Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl methacrylate Chemical compound COC(=O)C(C)=C VVQNEPGJFQJSBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000168 Microcrystalline cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000019695 Migraine disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000004909 Moisturizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000019022 Mood disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QQXLDOJGLXJCSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-methylnortropinone Natural products C1C(=O)CC2CCC1N2C QQXLDOJGLXJCSE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000772415 Neovison vison Species 0.000 description 1
- REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Octadecylamine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCN REYJJPSVUYRZGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000002512 Orexin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000016978 Orphan receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108070000031 Orphan receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 235000021314 Palmitic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pd(PPh3)4 Substances [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010081690 Pertussis Toxin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010034912 Phobia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001214 Polysorbate 60 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004146 Propane-1,2-diol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000028017 Psychotic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700157 Rattus norvegicus Species 0.000 description 1
- 101001032756 Rattus norvegicus Granzyme-like protein 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000000810 Separation Anxiety Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920001800 Shellac Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 206010041250 Social phobia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium laurylsulphate Chemical compound [Na+].CCCCCCCCCCCCOS([O-])(=O)=O DBMJMQXJHONAFJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 229920002125 Sokalan® Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000000692 Student's t-test Methods 0.000 description 1
- QHMBSVQNZZTUGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trans-Cannabidiol Natural products OC1=CC(CCCCC)=CC(O)=C1C1C(C(C)=C)CCC(C)=C1 QHMBSVQNZZTUGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000031674 Traumatic Acute Stress disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000030886 Traumatic Brain injury Diseases 0.000 description 1
- IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N UNPD107823 Natural products O1C2COP(O)(=O)OC2C(O)C1N1C(N=CN=C2N)=C2N=C1 IVOMOUWHDPKRLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 206010046543 Urinary incontinence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-BOOMUCAASA-N Vitamin A Natural products OC/C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(\C)/C=C/C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-BOOMUCAASA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930003427 Vitamin E Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 208000021017 Weight Gain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- CKUAXEQHGKSLHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N [C].[N] Chemical group [C].[N] CKUAXEQHGKSLHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XJLXINKUBYWONI-DQQFMEOOSA-N [[(2r,3r,4r,5r)-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-3-hydroxy-4-phosphonooxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl] [(2s,3r,4s,5s)-5-(3-carbamoylpyridin-1-ium-1-yl)-3,4-dihydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methyl phosphate Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=C[N+]([C@@H]2[C@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP(O)(=O)OC[C@@H]3[C@H]([C@@H](OP(O)(O)=O)[C@@H](O3)N3C4=NC=NC(N)=C4N=C3)O)O2)O)=C1 XJLXINKUBYWONI-DQQFMEOOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 229940048299 acetylated lanolin alcohols Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000026345 acute stress disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006838 adverse reaction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008484 agonism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000001298 alcohols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001338 aliphatic hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005236 alkanoylamino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002009 alkene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002355 alkine group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 150000005215 alkyl ethers Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-OVSJKPMPSA-N all-trans-retinol Chemical compound OC\C=C(/C)\C=C\C=C(/C)\C=C\C1=C(C)CCCC1(C)C FPIPGXGPPPQFEQ-OVSJKPMPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000458 allantoin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000003281 allosteric effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008168 almond oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011399 aloe vera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000323 aluminium silicate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- CEGOLXSVJUTHNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium tristearate Chemical compound [Al+3].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O CEGOLXSVJUTHNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940063655 aluminum stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000004727 amygdala Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000022531 anorexia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000000935 antidepressant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005513 antidepressants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006615 aromatic heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003435 aroyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000011775 arteriosclerosis disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 150000004792 aryl magnesium halides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000605 aspartame Substances 0.000 description 1
- IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N aspartame Chemical compound OC(=O)C[C@H](N)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)OC)CC1=CC=CC=C1 IAOZJIPTCAWIRG-QWRGUYRKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010357 aspartame Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003438 aspartame Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000006673 asthma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000011914 asymmetric synthesis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000003725 azepanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004931 azocinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000013871 bee wax Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012166 beeswax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003935 benzaldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenecarboxaldehyde Natural products O=CC1=CC=CC=C1 HUMNYLRZRPPJDN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940077388 benzenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M benzenesulfonate Chemical compound [O-]S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000000499 benzofuranyl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000001558 benzoic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid group Chemical group C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(=O)O WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001743 benzylic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 102000012740 beta Adrenergic Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010079452 beta Adrenergic Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000006583 body weight regulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007975 buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001273 butane Substances 0.000 description 1
- DHAZIUXMHRHVMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N butyl tetradecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCCCC DHAZIUXMHRHVMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000004899 c-terminal region Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- QHMBSVQNZZTUGM-ZWKOTPCHSA-N cannabidiol Chemical compound OC1=CC(CCCCC)=CC(O)=C1[C@H]1[C@H](C(C)=C)CCC(C)=C1 QHMBSVQNZZTUGM-ZWKOTPCHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229950011318 cannabidiol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZTGXAWYVTLUPDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N cannabidiol Natural products OC1=CC(CCCCC)=CC(O)=C1C1C(C(C)=C)CC=C(C)C1 ZTGXAWYVTLUPDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003536 cannabinoid receptor antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 150000001720 carbohydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000014633 carbohydrates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N carbon carbon Chemical group C.C CREMABGTGYGIQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003857 carboxamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001735 carboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 231100000260 carcinogenicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000007670 carcinogenicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012876 carrier material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000006555 catalytic reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006037 cell lysis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003320 cell separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940081734 cellulose acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 208000015114 central nervous system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000005119 centrifugation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003710 cerebral cortex Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001175 cerebrospinal fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- VYLVYHXQOHJDJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K cerium trichloride Chemical compound Cl[Ce](Cl)Cl VYLVYHXQOHJDJL-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229940074979 cetyl palmitate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007810 chemical reaction solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007910 chewable tablet Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004296 chiral HPLC Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 231100000505 clastogenic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003541 clastogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- QZUDBNBUXVUHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N clozapine Chemical compound C1CN(C)CCN1C1=NC2=CC(Cl)=CC=C2NC2=CC=CC=C12 QZUDBNBUXVUHMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004170 clozapine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000007278 cognition impairment Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940075614 colloidal silicon dioxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000011284 combination treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000010949 copper Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052802 copper Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940041967 corticotropin-releasing hormone Drugs 0.000 description 1
- KLVRDXBAMSPYKH-RKYZNNDCSA-N corticotropin-releasing hormone (human) Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCSC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(N)=O)[C@@H](C)CC)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CO)[C@@H](C)CC)C(C)C)C(C)C)C1=CNC=N1 KLVRDXBAMSPYKH-RKYZNNDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006184 cosolvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001907 coumarones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008025 crystallization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940095074 cyclic amp Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 208000026725 cyclothymic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010061428 decreased appetite Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000007933 dermal patch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229960004597 dexfenfluramine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000003745 diagnosis Methods 0.000 description 1
- GUJOJGAPFQRJSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N dialuminum;dioxosilane;oxygen(2-);hydrate Chemical class O.[O-2].[O-2].[O-2].[Al+3].[Al+3].O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O.O=[Si]=O GUJOJGAPFQRJSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AAOVKJBEBIDNHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N diazepam Chemical compound N=1CC(=O)N(C)C2=CC=C(Cl)C=C2C=1C1=CC=CC=C1 AAOVKJBEBIDNHE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960003529 diazepam Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichlorodifluoromethane Chemical compound FC(F)(Cl)Cl PXBRQCKWGAHEHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019404 dichlorodifluoromethane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WGLUMOCWFMKWIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dichloromethane;methanol Chemical compound OC.ClCCl WGLUMOCWFMKWIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940028356 diethylene glycol monobutyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCCOCCO XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940075557 diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001028 difluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- PCXRACLQFPRCBB-ZWKOTPCHSA-N dihydrocannabidiol Natural products OC1=CC(CCCCC)=CC(O)=C1[C@H]1[C@H](C(C)C)CCC(C)=C1 PCXRACLQFPRCBB-ZWKOTPCHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004205 dimethyl polysiloxane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013870 dimethyl polysiloxane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000003292 diminished effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 239000007884 disintegrant Substances 0.000 description 1
- BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L disodium hydrogen phosphate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].OP([O-])([O-])=O BNIILDVGGAEEIG-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229910000397 disodium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- OQKHVXFOYFBMDJ-OOLZXIKUSA-L disodium;3-(1h-indol-3-yl)-2-[[4-methyl-2-[[oxido-[(2s,3r,4r,5r,6s)-3,4,5-trihydroxy-6-methyloxan-2-yl]oxyphosphoryl]amino]pentanoyl]amino]propanoate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].C=1NC2=CC=CC=C2C=1CC(C([O-])=O)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NP([O-])(=O)O[C@@H]1O[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O OQKHVXFOYFBMDJ-OOLZXIKUSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012153 distilled water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002934 diuretic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940030606 diuretics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N dmso dimethylsulfoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O.CS(C)=O CETRZFQIITUQQL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QQQMUBLXDAFBRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N dodecyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C(C)O QQQMUBLXDAFBRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000890 drug combination Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000024732 dysthymic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000005686 eating Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000007937 eating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008157 edible vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002565 electrocardiography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004667 ethyl cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010944 ethyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001761 ethyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylene glycol bis(2-aminoethyl)tetraacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCOCCOCCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O DEFVIWRASFVYLL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NUVBSKCKDOMJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethylparaben Chemical group CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 NUVBSKCKDOMJSU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OJCSPXHYDFONPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N etoac etoac Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O.CCOC(C)=O OJCSPXHYDFONPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000005284 excitation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003722 extracellular fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013861 fat-free Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012467 final product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012458 free base Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008369 fruit flavor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000286 fullers earth Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229910021485 fumed silica Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RCFDIXKVOHJQPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N furo[2,3-b]pyridine Chemical class C1=CN=C2OC=CC2=C1 RCFDIXKVOHJQPP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004927 fusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N gamma-tocopherol Natural products CC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC(C)CCCC1CCC2C(C)C(O)C(C)C(C)C2O1 WIGCFUFOHFEKBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003365 glass fiber Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000001727 glucose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960003180 glutathione Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940075507 glyceryl monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004795 grignard reagents Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003324 growth hormone secretagogue Substances 0.000 description 1
- UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N guanine Chemical class O=C1NC(N)=NC2=C1N=CN2 UYTPUPDQBNUYGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003400 hallucinatory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004438 haloalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007902 hard capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- PXDJXZJSCPSGGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexadecanoic acid hexadecyl ester Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC PXDJXZJSCPSGGI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940100463 hexyl laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000001050 hortel pimenta Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 102000047277 human MCHR1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical compound [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen iodide Chemical compound I XMBWDFGMSWQBCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019447 hydroxyethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N hydroxymaleic acid group Chemical group O/C(/C(=O)O)=C/C(=O)O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940031704 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920003132 hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000003384 imaging method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000003100 immobilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003364 immunohistochemistry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000001881 impotence Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940102223 injectable solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940102213 injectable suspension Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 230000000968 intestinal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004068 intracellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007794 irritation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001282 iso-butane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013847 iso-butane Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940078545 isocetyl stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001972 isopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000555 isopropenyl group Chemical group [H]\C([H])=C(\*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229940093629 isopropyl isostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940033357 isopropyl laurate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940074928 isopropyl myristate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XUGNVMKQXJXZCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N isopropyl palmitate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(C)C XUGNVMKQXJXZCD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940075495 isopropyl palmitate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940089456 isopropyl stearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000644 isotonic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002372 labelling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- NRYBAZVQPHGZNS-ZSOCWYAHSA-N leptin Chemical compound O=C([C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(C)C)CCSC)N1CCC[C@H]1C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(O)=O NRYBAZVQPHGZNS-ZSOCWYAHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940039781 leptin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GDBQQVLCIARPGH-ULQDDVLXSA-N leupeptin Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](NC(C)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](C=O)CCCN=C(N)N GDBQQVLCIARPGH-ULQDDVLXSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010052968 leupeptin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000004811 liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012669 liquid formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960005015 local anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000053 low toxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002751 lymph Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 210000004962 mammalian cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000012054 meals Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940041616 menthol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000001259 mesencephalon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 108020004999 messenger RNA Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000037323 metabolic rate Effects 0.000 description 1
- LVWZTYCIRDMTEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N metamizole Chemical compound O=C1C(N(CS(O)(=O)=O)C)=C(C)N(C)N1C1=CC=CC=C1 LVWZTYCIRDMTEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010270 methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002216 methylparaben Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940016286 microcrystalline cellulose Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019813 microcrystalline cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008108 microcrystalline cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010027599 migraine Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008267 milk Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 244000309715 mini pig Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000007758 minimum essential medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001333 moisturizer Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003068 molecular probe Substances 0.000 description 1
- SLZIZIJTGAYEKK-CIJSCKBQSA-N molport-023-220-247 Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)CN)[C@@H](C)O)C1=CNC=N1 SLZIZIJTGAYEKK-CIJSCKBQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001788 mono and diglycerides of fatty acids Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000036651 mood Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004400 mucous membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940078812 myristyl myristate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940078555 myristyl propionate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Pentadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O WQEPLUUGTLDZJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butane Chemical compound CCCC IJDNQMDRQITEOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004108 n-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-heptadecyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCO GOQYKNQRPGWPLP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-pentane Natural products CCCCC OFBQJSOFQDEBGM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 208000004296 neuralgia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000021722 neuropathic pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- BPGXUIVWLQTVLZ-OFGSCBOVSA-N neuropeptide y(npy) Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CCCCN)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@@H](N)CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 BPGXUIVWLQTVLZ-OFGSCBOVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002715 nicotine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N nicotine Natural products CN1CCCC1C1=CC=CN=C1 SNICXCGAKADSCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001272 nitrous oxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 1
- OXGBCSQEKCRCHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecan-2-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(C)O OXGBCSQEKCRCHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N octane Chemical class CCCCCCCC TVMXDCGIABBOFY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940055577 oleyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N oleyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCO XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001010 olfactory tubercle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229940054534 ophthalmic solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002997 ophthalmic solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 108060005714 orexin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002524 organometallic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001181 organosilyl group Chemical group [SiH3]* 0.000 description 1
- JCGNDDUYTRNOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxolane-2,4-dione Chemical compound O=C1COC(=O)C1 JCGNDDUYTRNOFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019629 palatability Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000019906 panic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N para-ethylbenzaldehyde Natural products CCC1=CC=C(C=O)C=C1 QNGNSVIICDLXHT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004031 partial agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000006340 pentafluoro ethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000007967 peppermint flavor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940021222 peritoneal dialysis isotonic solution Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008105 phosphatidylcholines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003904 phospholipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940068196 placebo Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000902 placebo Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920001983 poloxamer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000435 poly(dimethylsiloxane) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920001495 poly(sodium acrylate) polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940100467 polyvinyl acetate phthalate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000002600 positron emission tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000028173 post-traumatic stress disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 1
- XEIOPEQGDSYOIH-MURFETPASA-N propan-2-yl (9z,12z)-octadeca-9,12-dienoate Chemical compound CCCCC\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC(C)C XEIOPEQGDSYOIH-MURFETPASA-N 0.000 description 1
- NEOZOXKVMDBOSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-yl 16-methylheptadecanoate Chemical compound CC(C)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(C)C NEOZOXKVMDBOSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZPWFUIUNWDIYCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-2-yl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC(C)C ZPWFUIUNWDIYCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001294 propane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- FVSKHRXBFJPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N propionitrile Chemical compound CCC#N FVSKHRXBFJPNKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010232 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004405 propyl p-hydroxybenzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004129 prosencephalon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000002731 protein assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000020016 psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 125000004309 pyranyl group Chemical group O1C(C=CC=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003216 pyrazines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003217 pyrazoles Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000001397 quillaja saponaria molina bark Substances 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003653 radioligand binding assay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000664 rectum Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000006268 reductive amination reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000023504 respiratory system disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000001202 rhombencephalon Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- JZCPYUJPEARBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N rimonabant Chemical compound CC=1C(C(=O)NN2CCCCC2)=NN(C=2C(=CC(Cl)=CC=2)Cl)C=1C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 JZCPYUJPEARBJL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229930182490 saponin Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000007949 saponins Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000000980 schizophrenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000003345 scintillation counting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003335 secondary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 208000025874 separation anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003478 serotonin 5-HT2 receptor agonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004208 shellac Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940113147 shellac Drugs 0.000 description 1
- ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N shellac Chemical compound OCCCCCC(O)C(O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O.C1C23[C@H](C(O)=O)CCC2[C@](C)(CO)[C@@H]1C(C(O)=O)=C[C@@H]3O ZLGIYFNHBLSMPS-ATJNOEHPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000013874 shellac Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- UNAANXDKBXWMLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N sibutramine Chemical compound C=1C=C(Cl)C=CC=1C1(C(N(C)C)CC(C)C)CCC1 UNAANXDKBXWMLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004425 sibutramine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000377 silicon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012239 silicon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 231100000188 sister chromatid exchange Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium benzoate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WXMKPNITSTVMEF-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000004299 sodium benzoate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010234 sodium benzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019333 sodium laurylsulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000010268 sodium methyl p-hydroxybenzoate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium polyacrylate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C=C NNMHYFLPFNGQFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- CRPCXAMJWCDHFM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carboxylate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]C(=O)C1CCC(=O)N1 CRPCXAMJWCDHFM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007901 soft capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003381 solubilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000009870 specific binding Effects 0.000 description 1
- 201000001716 specific phobia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000012453 sprague-dawley rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012086 standard solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010254 subcutaneous injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007929 subcutaneous injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003523 substantia nigra Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003456 sulfonamides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002820 sympathetic nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000001179 synovial fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012385 systemic delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000001138 tear Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- MENILFUADYEXNU-DTORHVGOSA-N tert-butyl (1r,5s)-3-oxo-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carboxylate Chemical compound C1C(=O)C[C@H]2CC[C@@H]1N2C(=O)OC(C)(C)C MENILFUADYEXNU-DTORHVGOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000001550 testis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000005207 tetraalkylammonium group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- BORJONZPSTVSFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecyl 2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)C(C)O BORJONZPSTVSFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YRZGMTHQPGNLEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecyl propionate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CC YRZGMTHQPGNLEK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DZKXJUASMGQEMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetradecyl tetradecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCOC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCC DZKXJUASMGQEMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006337 tetrafluoro ethyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- WHRNULOCNSKMGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran thf Chemical compound C1CCOC1.C1CCOC1 WHRNULOCNSKMGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001103 thalamus Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000036962 time dependent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006032 tissue transformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000003325 tomography Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012049 topical pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000009529 traumatic brain injury Effects 0.000 description 1
- CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trichlorofluoromethane Chemical compound FC(Cl)(Cl)Cl CYRMSUTZVYGINF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940029284 trichlorofluoromethane Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003866 trichloromethyl group Chemical group ClC(Cl)(Cl)* 0.000 description 1
- ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N triethylene glycol Chemical compound OCCOCCOCCO ZIBGPFATKBEMQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004205 trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 description 1
- 150000008303 tropinone derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000002485 urinary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002700 urine Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000013598 vector Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000019155 vitamin A Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011719 vitamin A Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019165 vitamin E Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940046009 vitamin E Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000011709 vitamin E Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940045997 vitamin a Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004584 weight gain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000019786 weight gain Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037221 weight management Effects 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D451/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof
- C07D451/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof containing not further condensed 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane; Cyclic acetals thereof
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
- A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
- A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/18—Antipsychotics, i.e. neuroleptics; Drugs for mania or schizophrenia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/22—Anxiolytics
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/24—Antidepressants
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
- A61P3/04—Anorexiants; Antiobesity agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D451/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof
- C07D451/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof containing not further condensed 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane; Cyclic acetals thereof
- C07D451/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof containing not further condensed 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane; Cyclic acetals thereof with hetero atoms directly attached in position 3 of the 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or in position 7 of the 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring system
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D451/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof
- C07D451/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof containing not further condensed 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane; Cyclic acetals thereof
- C07D451/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane, 9-azabicyclo [3.3.1] nonane, or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane or granatane alkaloids, scopolamine; Cyclic acetals thereof containing not further condensed 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring systems, e.g. tropane; Cyclic acetals thereof with hetero atoms directly attached in position 3 of the 8-azabicyclo [3.2.1] octane or in position 7 of the 3-oxa-9-azatricyclo [3.3.1.0<2,4>] nonane ring system
- C07D451/06—Oxygen atoms
Definitions
- Aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and analogues thereof that are melanin concentrating hormone receptor modulators are provided herein. Methods for using such compounds for treating a variety of metabolic, eating and sexual disorders, and as probes for the detection and localization of MCH receptors are also described.
- MCH Melanin concentrating hormone
- mice having the ob/ob genotype exhibit a 50-80% increase in MCH mRNA expression as compared to leaner ob/+ genotype mice, and prepro-MCH knockout mice, as well as MCH receptor knockout mice, are leaner than normal mice, due to hypophagia and an increased metabolic rate.
- MCH activity is mediated via binding to specific receptors.
- G protein-coupled receptors e.g., neuropeptide Y (NPY) and beta-adrenergic receptors
- MCH receptors are membrane- spanning proteins, generally found on cell surfaces, that consist of a single contiguous amino acid chain comprising an extracellular N-terminal domain, seven membrane-spanning alpha helical domains (connected by three intracellular loop domains alternating with three extracellular loop domains), and an intracellular C-terminal domain.
- Signal transduction is typically initiated by the binding of extracellular MCH to the receptor. This elicits conformational changes in the extracellular domains.
- MCHlR Human Melanin Concentrating Hormone Receptor- 1
- MCHlR expression is found in olfactory tubercle, cerebral cortex, substantia nigra, basal forebrain CAl, CA2, and CA3 fields of the hippocampus, amygdala, and in nuclei of the hypothalamus, thalamus, midbrain and hindbrain. Strong signals are observed in the ventromedial and dorsomedial nuclei of the hypothalamus, two areas of the brain involved in feeding behavior. Upon binding MCH, MCHlR recombinantly expressed in HEK 293 cells mediates a dose dependent release of intracellular calcium.
- MCHlR Cells expressing MCHlR also exhibit a pertussis toxin sensitive dose-dependent inhibition of forskolin-elevated cyclic AMP, indicating that the receptor couples to a Gj/ o G-protein alpha subunit.
- MCH2R A second MCH receptor (designated MCH2R) has also been identified.
- MCH2R has an overall amino acid identity of more than 30% with MCHlR, and is detected specifically in the same regions of the brain as MCHlR.
- Monkey and canine MCH2R sequences, as well as various chimeric MCH2R proteins, have been disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 10/291,990 (published as 2003/0148457 on August 7, 2003).
- Agents capable of modulating MCH receptor activity are highly desirable for the treatment of a variety of diseases and disorders, including obesity, eating disorders (e.g., bulimia and anorexia), sexual disorders (e.g., anorgasmic or psychogenic impotence) and metabolic disorders, such as diabetes.
- eating disorders e.g., bulimia and anorexia
- sexual disorders e.g., anorgasmic or psychogenic impotence
- metabolic disorders such as diabetes.
- Small molecule, non-peptide antagonists of MCH receptors would be of particular value for such therapies.
- the present invention fulfills this need, and provides further related advantages.
- the present invention provides aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and analogues thereof of Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
- W is absent or CR 5 R 6 , wherein R 5 and R 5 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, Q- C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, C 2 -C 4 alkenyl, or haloCi-C 2 alkyl, or R 5 and R 6 are taken together to form an oxo group; Yi, Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 and Y 5 are each nitrogen or CRi, wherein no more than 3 of Yi, Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , and Y 5 are nitrogen.
- Each Ri is independently:
- C 8 alkylether ammoCi-C 6 alkyl, mono- or di-(Ci-C 6 alkyl)ammoC 0 -C 6 alkyl, mono- or di-Q-
- any two adjacent Ri may be joined to form a fused 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle, each of which is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, haloCi-C 4 alkyl, and haloCi ⁇ C 4 alkoxy.
- substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, haloCi-C 4 alkyl, and haloCi ⁇ C 4 alkoxy.
- R 2 and R 3 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, Ci-C 4 alkyl, C ! -C 4 alkoxy, C 2 - C 4 alkenyl, or haloC r C 2 alkyl; or R 2 and R 3 are taken together to form an oxo group; or R 3 is taken together with R 9 to form a fused 5- to 10-membered carbocycle or heterocycle.
- R 4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, Ci-C 4 alkyl, Ci-C 4 alkoxy, mono- or di-Q- C 4 alkylamino, -NHCHO, C 2 -C 4 alkanoylamino, haloCi-C 2 alkyl, or haloQ-Qalkoxy.
- P is nitrogen or CR 7 .
- Q is nitrogen or CRg.
- U is nitrogen or CR 9 .
- T is nitrogen or CRi 0 .
- X is nitrogen or CRn.
- R 7 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula -L-M; or (ii) taken together with R 8 to form a fused 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle.
- R 8 is:
- R 9 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula -L-M; or (ii) taken together with Ri 0 to form a fused 5- to 10-membered carbocycle or heterocycle.
- R 11 is:
- G is C r C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, haloQ-Qalkyl, aminoC r C 6 alkyl, or a 5- to 10- membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, and haloC 1 -C 2 alkoxy, and
- G is further substituted with 0 to 1 substituent chosen from
- each R 13 is independently hydrogen, CrC ⁇ alkyl, C 2 - C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, or haloCi-C 6 alkyl.
- Each M is independently hydrogen, CrC 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, haloQ-C ⁇ alkyl, aminoCrC ⁇ allcyl, or a 5- to 10-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl.
- compounds as described herein are MCH receptor modulators and exhibit a K; of no greater than 1 micromolar, 500 nanomolar, 100 nanomolar, or 10 nanomolar in a
- MCH receptor binding assay and/or have an EC 50 or IC 50 value of no greater than 1 micromolar, 500 nanomolar, 100 nanomolar, or 10 nanomolar in an assay for determining MCH receptor agonist or antagonist activity.
- compounds or salts as described herein are labeled with a detectable marker (e.g., radiolabeled or fluorescein conjugated).
- a detectable marker e.g., radiolabeled or fluorescein conjugated
- compositions comprising at least one compound or salts as described herein (i.e., a compound Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof) in combination with a physiologically acceptable carrier or excipient.
- a pharmaceutical composition provided herein may further comprise one or more additional active agents (i.e., drugs).
- Pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be formulated, for example, as an injectable fluid, an aerosol, a cream, a gel, a pill, a capsule, a syrup, or a transdermal patch.
- the present invention further provides, within other aspects, methods for treating a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a MCH receptor modulator as described above.
- diseases and disorders include, for example, eating disorders (e.g., obesity and bulimia nervosa), sexual disorders, diabetes, heart disease, and stroke.
- the MCH receptor modulator may be administered orally, or via another means such as intranasally, intravenously, or topically.
- the patient is a human, companion animal, or livestock animal.
- Methods are provided, within other aspects, for determining the presence or absence of MCH receptor in a sample, comprising: contacting a sample with a compound as described above under conditions that permit binding of the compound to MCH receptor; and detecting a level of the compound bound to MCH receptor.
- the compound is radiolabeled
- the step of detection comprises: separating unbound compound from bound compound; and determining an amount of bound compound in the sample. Detection may be achieved, for example, using autoradiography.
- the present invention further provides, within other aspects, methods for modulating binding of ligand to MCH receptor.
- Certain such methods are performed in vitro, and comprise contacting MCH receptor with MCH receptor modulator, as described above under conditions and in an amount sufficient to detectably modulate MCH binding to MCH receptor.
- Other such methods may be performed in vivo, and comprise contacting cells expressing MCH receptor with a compound or modulator as described above in an amount sufficient to detectably modulate MCH binding to cells expressing a cloned MCH receptor in vitro.
- Methods are further provided for modulating binding of MCH to MCH receptor in a patient, comprising administering to a patient (i.e., a human or non-human animal) a compound or modulator as described above.
- Patients include, for example, companion animals such as dogs.
- the present invention provides methods for modulating the signal- transducing activity of MCH receptor, comprising contacting an MCH receptor, either in vivo or in vitro, with an amount of an MCH receptor modulator sufficient to detectably alter MCH receptor activity, under conditions suitable for binding of MCH to MCH receptor.
- the MCH receptor is a MCHlR.
- Packaged pharmaceutical preparations comprising: (a) a pharmaceutical composition as described above in a container; and (b) instructions for using the composition to treat a patient suffering from a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation.
- diseases include, for example eating disorders (e.g., obesity and bulimia nervosa), sexual disorders, diabetes, heart disease, and stroke, are also provided herein.
- the present invention provides aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and analogues thereof of Formula I.
- Certain preferred compounds are MCH receptor modulators that may be used in vitro or in vivo, to inhibit MCH binding to MCH receptors, activate
- MCH receptors or to otherwise modulate MCH receptor activity in a variety of contexts, as discussed in further detail below.
- TERMINOLOGY Compounds are generally described herein using standard nomenclature. For compounds having asymmetric centers, it should be understood that (unless otherwise specified) all of the optical isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed. In addition, compounds with carbon-carbon double bonds may occur in Z- and E- forms, with all isomeric forms of the compounds being included unless otherwise specified. Where a compound exists in various tautomeric forms, a recited compound is not limited to any one specific tautomer, but rather is intended to encompass all tautomeric forms. Compound descriptions are intended to encompass compounds with all possible isotopes of atoms occurring in the compounds. Isotopes are those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers.
- isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium and isotopes of carbon include 11 C, 13 C, and 14 C.
- Certain compounds are described herein using a general formula that includes variables (e.g., R b R 2 , R 3 ). Unless otherwise specified, each variable within such a formula is defined independently of any other variable, and any variable that occurs more than one time in a formula is defined independently at each occurrence.
- the variables e.g. Ri, R 2 , R 3
- aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and analogues thereof as used herein encompass all compounds that satisfy Formula I, including any enantiomers, racemates, and stereoisomers, as well as all pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds.
- a “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” of a compound recited herein is an acid or base salt that is suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings or animals without excessive toxicity carcinogenicity, and preferably without irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication.
- Such salts include mineral and organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines, as well as alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids.
- Specific pharmaceutical salts include, but are not limited to, salts of acids such as hydrochloric, phosphoric, hydrobromic, malic, glycolic, fumaric, sulfuric, sulfamic, sulfanilic, formic, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, benzene sulfonic, ethane disulfonic, 2-hydroxyethylsulfonic, nitric, benzoic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, citric, tartaric, lactic, stearic, salicylic, glutamic, ascorbic, pamoic, succinic, fumaric, maleic, propionic, hydroxymaleic, hydroiodic, phenylacetic, alkanoic such as acetic, HOOC-(CH 2 ) n -COOH where n is 0-4, and the like.
- acids such as hydrochloric, phosphoric, hydrobromic, malic, glycolic, fumaric, sulfuric
- pharmaceutically acceptable cations include, but are not limited to sodium, potassium, calcium, aluminum, lithium, and ammonium.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salts for the compounds provided herein, including those listed by Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, p. 1418 (1985).
- a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base salt can be synthesized from a parent compound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by any conventional chemical method.
- such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, the use of nonaqueous media, such as ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile, is preferred.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the aryl substituted 8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and analogues thereof disclosed herein are a preferred compound form.
- each compound of Formula I may, but need not, be formulated as a hydrate, solvate or non-covalent complex.
- the various crystal forms and polymorphs are within the scope of the present invention.
- prodrugs of the compounds of Formula I are also provided herein.
- a "prodrug” is a compound that may not fully satisfy the structural requirements of the compounds provided herein, but is modified in vivo, following administration to a patient, to produce a compound of Formula I.
- a prodrug may be an acylated derivative of a compound as provided herein.
- Prodrugs include compounds wherein hydroxy, amine or sulfhydryl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, amino or sulfhydryl group, respectively.
- Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups within the compounds provided herein.
- Prodrugs of the compounds provided herein may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved in vivo to yield the parent compounds.
- alkyl refers to a straight chain or branched chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon.
- An alkyl group may be bonded to an atom within a molecule of interest via any chemically suitable portion.
- Alkyl groups include groups having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms (C]- C 8 alkyl), from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (Ci-C 6 alkyl), and from 1 to 4 carbon atoms (Ci-C 4 alkyl), such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, and 3-methylpentyl.
- C 0 -C n alkyl refers to a single covalent bond (C 0 ) or an alkyl group having from 1 to n carbon atoms.
- Co-C 6 alkyl refers to a single covalent bond or a Ci-C ⁇ alkyl group.
- alkenyl refers to straight or branched chain alkene groups, in which at least one unsaturated carbon-carbon double bond is present.
- Alkenyl groups include C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C2- C ⁇ alkenyl, and C2-C4alkenyl groups, which have from 2 to 8, 2 to 6, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively, such as ethenyl, allyl, or isopropenyl.
- Alkynyl refers to straight or branched chain alkyne groups, which have one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds, at least one of which is a triple bond.
- Alkynyl groups include C 2 -C 3 alkynyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, and C 2 -C 4 alkynyl groups, which have from 2 to 8, 2 to 6, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
- Alkenyl and alkynyl groups may be straight or branched chain.
- alkoxy as used herein, is meant an alkyl group as described above attached via an oxygen bridge.
- Alkoxy groups include Ci-C 8 alkoxy, Ci-C 6 alkoxy, and Ci-C 4 alkoxy groups, which have from 1 to 8, 1 to 6, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively.
- Alkoxy groups include, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentoxy, 2-pentoxy, 3- pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, hexoxy, 2-hexoxy, 3-hexoxy, and 3-methylpentoxy.
- alkylthio refers to an alkyl group as described above attached via a sulfur bridge
- alkylsufonyl refers to an alkyl groups as described above attached via an -(SO 2 )- bridge.
- alkoxyalkyl is an alkoxy group as described above attached via an oxygen bridge to an alkyl group, as described above, attached via a single covalent bond of the alkyl carbon.
- the alkoxy moiety of the alkoxycarbonyl group has the indicated number of carbon atoms; the carbon of the keto bridge is not included in this number.
- Alkylamino refers to a secondary or tertiary amine having the general structure -NH(alkyl) or -N(alkyl)(alkyl), wherein each alkyl may be the same or different.
- groups include, for example, mono- and di-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl)amino groups, in which each alkyl is straight or branched and may be the same or different and contains the indicated number of carbon atoms, for example from 1 to 8 carbon atoms, from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, from as well as mono- and di-(Ci-C 6 alkyl)amino groups and mono- and di-(C 1 -C 4 alkyl)amino groups.
- Alkylaminoalkyl refers to an alkylamino group linked via an alkyl group (i.e., a group having the general structure -alkyl- NH-alkyl or -alkyl-N(alkyl)(alkyl)) in which each alkyl is selected independently.
- alkyl group i.e., a group having the general structure -alkyl- NH-alkyl or -alkyl-N(alkyl)(alkyl)
- alkyl is selected independently.
- Such groups include, for example, mono- and di-(Ci-C 6 alkyl)aminoCi- C 6 alkyl and mono- and di-(Ci-C 4 alkyl)aminoCi-C 4 alkyl, in which each alkyl may be the same or different, and is straight or branched.
- “Mono- or di-(C 1 -C 6 alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl” refers to a mono- or di-(C r C 6 alkyl)amino group linked via a single covalent bond or a Q-C ⁇ alkyl group.
- Alkyl ether indicates an alkyl group as described herein attached via an oxygen linker to another alkyl group.
- an aromatic moiety is substituted with an oxo group, the aromatic ring is replaced with the corresponding partially unsaturated ring.
- a pyridyl group substituted with oxo is a pyridone.
- the term "mono- and/ or di-alkylsulfonamide" refers to groups of formula
- alkylsulfonyl refers to a substituent of the formula (alkyl)-SO 2 - in which the alkyl group has the indicated number of carbon atoms, and the point of attachment is on the sulfur atom.
- aminoalkyl is an alkyl group as defined above substituted with at least one amino substituent. When indicated an aminoalkyl group may be further substituted with additional amino or non-amino substituent.
- aryl indicates aromatic groups containing only carbon in the aromatic ring or rings. Such aromatic groups may be further substituted with carbon or non-carbon atoms or groups. Typical aryl groups contain 1 or 2 separate, fused, or pendant rings and from 6 to about 12 ring atoms, without heteroatoms as ring members. Where indicated aryl groups may be substituted. Such substitution may include fusion to a 5 to 7-membered saturated cyclic group that optionally contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, to form, for example, a 3,4-methylenedioxy-phenyl group.
- Aryl groups include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, including 1- naphthyl and 2-naphthyl, and bi-phenyl.
- (aryl)alkyl aryl and alkyl are as defined above, and the point of attachment is on the alkyl group.
- (phenyl)C 0 -C 2 alkyl indicates a phenyl group indicates a phenyl group that is directly attached via a single covalent bond ((phenyl)C o alkyl) or attached through an alkyl group having from 1 to about 2 carbon atoms.
- an aryl group may be attached through other linker groups, for example included herein are arylCi-C 6 alkanoylamino and (aryl)alkoxy groups, in which aryl carries the definition set forth above, and is attached via the indicated linker group.
- a “carbocycle” has from 1 to 3 fused, pendant, or spiro rings, containing only carbon ring members.
- a heterocyclic ring comprises contains from 3 to 8 ring members (rings having from 4 or 5 to 7 ring members are recited in certain embodiments) and carbocycles comprising fused, pendant, or spiro rings typically contain from 9 to 14 ring members.
- Carbocycles may be optionally substituted with a variety of substituents, as indicated. Unless otherwise specified, a carbocycle may be a cycloalkyl group ⁇ i.e., each ring is saturated), a partially saturated group, or an aryl group ⁇ i.e., at least one ring within the group is aromatic).
- a carbocyclic group may generally be linked via any ring or substituent atom, provided that a stable compound results.
- Certain carbocyclic groups are 4- to 7-membered or 5- to 7-membered groups that are optionally substituted.
- Representative aromatic carbocycles are phenyl, naphthyl and biphenyl.
- preferred carbocycles are carbocycles having a single ring, such as phenyl and 3- to 7- membered cycloalkyl groups.
- a carbocycle may be directly attached or attached via an indicated linker group.
- (carbocycle)alkyl, (carbocycle)alkoxy, and (carbocycle)alkylamino substituents are present in some embodiments described herein.
- “carbocycle” carries the definition set forth above and is covalently bound to the indicated linker group, which carries the definition set forth above.
- a “cycloalkyl” group is a carbocycle as described above, which is fully saturated.
- preferred cycloalkyl groups are 3- to 7-membered cycloalkyl groups having a single saturated ring, e.g. cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl.
- a "cycloalkylC 0 -C n alkyl” is a cycloalkyl group linked via a single covalent bond or a Ci-C n alkyl group, e.g. a Ci-C 4 alkyl group.
- a "cycloalkenyl” group is a 3- to 7- membered carbocycle having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, but which is not fully aromatic, e.g. a cycloalkenyl group.
- halogen refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
- a “haloalkyl” is a branched or straight-chain alkyl group, substituted with 1 or more halogen atoms ⁇ e.g., "haloQ-C ⁇ alkyl” groups have from 1 to 6 carbon atoms; "haloC 1 -C 4 alkyl” groups have from 1 to 4 carbon atoms).
- haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, mono-, di-, or trifluoromethyl; mono-, di-, or trichloromethyl; mono-, di-, tri-, tetra-, or pentafluoroethyl; mono-, di-, tri-, tetra- or pentachloroethyl; and 1, 2,2,2 -tetrafluoro-l-trifluoromethyl-ethyl.
- Typical haloalkyl groups are trifluoromethyl and difluoromethyl.
- Haloalkoxy indicates a haloalkyl group as defined above attached through an oxygen bridge.
- haloCi-C 6 alkoxy groups have from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
- hydroxyalkyl is an alkyl group as defined herein, having the indicated number of carbon atoms, and substituted with at least one hydroxyl substituent (-OH). When indicated, hydroxyalkyl groups, like other groups described herein, may be additionally substituted.
- a dash (“-") that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of attachment for a substituent.
- -CONH 2 is attached through the carbon atom.
- heteroatom is oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen.
- a “heterocycle” has from 1 to 3 fused, pendant, or spiro rings, at least one of which is a heterocyclic ring ⁇ i.e., one or more ring atoms is a heteroatom, with the remaining ring atoms being carbon).
- a heterocyclic ring comprises 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms; within certain embodiments each heterocyclic ring has 1 or 2 heteroatoms per ring.
- Each heterocyclic ring generally contains from 3 to 8 ring members (rings having from 4 or 5 to 7 ring members are recited in certain embodiments) and heterocycles comprising fused, pendant, or spiro rings typically contain from 9 to 14 ring members.
- heterocycles comprise a sulfur atom as a ring member; in certain embodiments the sulfur atom is oxidized to SO or SO 2 .
- Heterocycles may be optionally substituted with a variety of substituents, as indicated.
- a heterocycle may be a heterocycloalkyl group (i.e., each ring is saturated), a partially saturated group, or a heteroaryl group (i.e., at least one ring within the group is aromatic).
- a heterocyclic group may generally be linked via any ring or substituent atom, provided that a stable compound results.
- N-linked heterocyclic groups are linked via a component nitrogen atom.
- Certain heterocyclic groups are 4- to 7-membered or 5- to 7-membered groups that are optionally substituted.
- 4-to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl groups include, for example, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, and l,l-dioxo-thiomorpholin-4-yl. Such groups may be substituted as indicated.
- Representative aromatic heterocycles are azocinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, imidazolyl, and tetrazolyl.
- preferred heterocycles are 5- to 7-membered heterocycle having a single saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocyclic ring with 5 to 7 ring members, 1 or 2 ring members independently chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring members being carbon.
- a heterocycle may be directly attached or attached via an indicated linker group.
- (heterocycle)alkyl, (heterocycle)alkoxy, and (heterocycle)alkylamino substituents are present in some embodiments described herein.
- “heterocycle” carries the definition set forth above and is covalently bound to the indicated linker group, which carries the definition set forth above.
- heteroaryl indicates a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic aromatic ring which contains from 1 to 3, or preferably from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon or a stable bicyclic or tricyclic system containing at least one 5- to 7-membered aromatic ring which contains from 1 to 3, or preferably from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon.
- the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group exceeds 1, these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It is preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group is not more than 2.
- heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, oxazolyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridizinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienylpyrazolyl, thiophenyl, triazolyl, benzo[d]oxazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxadiazolyl, dihydrobenzodioxynyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, and isoxazolyl.
- a “heterocyclolalkyl” group is a heterocycle as described above, which is fully saturated.
- preferred heterocycloalkyl groups have a single saturated ring with 5 to 7 ring members, 1 or 2 ring members independently chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring members being carbon.
- a “heterocycloalkylC 0 -C n alkyl” is a heterocycloalkyl group linked via a single covalent bond or C r C n alkyl group, e.g., a Ci-C 4 alkyl group.
- heterocycloalkenyl is a 5- to 7-membered heterocycle having a single ring that contains at least one carbon-carbon, carbon- nitrogen, or nitrogen-nitrogen double bond, but which is not fully aromatic, with 1 or 2 ring members independently chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring members being carbon.
- a "substituent,” as used herein, refers to a molecular moiety that is covalently bonded to an atom within a molecule of interest.
- a ring substituent may be a moiety such as a halogen, alkyl group, haloalkyl group or other group discussed herein that is covalently bonded to an atom (preferably a carbon or nitrogen atom) that is a ring member.
- Substituents or aromatic groups are generally covalently bonded to a ring carbon atom.
- substitution refers to replacing a hydrogen atom in a molecular structure with a substituent, such that the valence on the designated atom is not exceeded, and such that a chemically stable compound (i.e., a compound that can be isolated, characterized and tested for biological activity) results from the substitution.
- Groups that are "optionally substituted” are unsubstituted or are substituted by other than hydrogen at one or more available positions, typically 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 positions, by one or more suitable groups (which may be the same or different).
- Such optional substituents include, for example, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, Ci-C 8 alkyl, C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, CVCgalkoxy, C 2 -C 8 alkyl ether, C 3 -C 8 alkanone, Ci-C 8 alkylthio, amino, mono- or di ⁇ Q-Csalkytyamino, Ci-C 8 haloalkyl, Q- C 8 haloalkoxy, Cx-Qalkanoyl, C 2 -C 8 alkanoyloxy, Q-Csalkoxycarbonyl, -COOH, -CONH 2 , mono- or di-(Ci-C8alkyl)a
- Optional substitution is also indicated by the phrase "substituted with 0 to X substituents," where X is the maximum number of possible substituents.
- Certain optionally substituted groups are substituted with from 0 to 2, 3 or 4 independently selected substituents ⁇ i.e., are unsubstituted or substituted with up to the recited maximum number of substitutents).
- MCH receptor refers to any naturally-occurring mammalian (especially human, monkey, or canine) MCH type 1 or type 2 receptor, as well as chimeric receptors in which one or more domains of a naturally-occurring MCHlR or MCH2R are replaced with a corresponding domain of a different G protein-coupled receptor, such that the ability of the chimeric receptor to bind MCH and mediate a dose-dependent release of intracellular calcium is not diminished.
- MCH receptors for use within the various assays and other methods described herein include, for example, recombinantly expressed human MCH receptor (e.g., Genbank Accession No. Z86090; SEQ ID NO:29 of U.S.
- MCH receptor modulator also referred to herein as a “modulator,” is a compound that alters (increases or decreases) MCH receptor activation and/or MCH receptor-mediated signal transduction.
- MCH receptor modulators specifically provided herein are aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives.
- a modulator may be a MCH receptor agonist or antagonist.
- a modulator may exhibit an EC 50 or IC 50 at MCH receptor that is less than 1 micromolar, 500 nM, 200 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM in a standard calcium mobilization assay (as described in Example 13, herein) and/or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma 35 S binding assay (as described in Example 11, herein).
- a modulator may be a MCH receptor agonist or antagonist, although, for certain purposes described herein, a modulator preferably inhibits MCH receptor activation resulting from binding of MCH ⁇ i.e., the modulator is an antagonist).
- a MCH receptor modulator binds with "high affinity” if the K; at a MCH receptor is less than 1 micromolar, preferably less than 500 nanomolar, 100 nanomolar, or 10 nanomolar.
- a modulator binds "specifically" to MCH receptor if it binds to a MCH receptor (total binding minus nonspecific binding) with a K; that is 10-fold, preferably 100-fold, and more preferably 1000-fold, less than the K; measured for modulator binding to other G protein-coupled receptors.
- a modulator may have a IQ of 500 nanomolar or less in an MCH receptor ligand binding assay and a K; of at least 1 micromolar in a dopamine receptor ligand binding assay, such as the assay described in Example 7 (pages 111-112) of PCT International Publication Number WO 02/094799, which is hereby incorporated by reference.
- Representative assays for determining Kj at MCH receptor are provided in Examples 9 and 12, herein.
- a modulator is considered an "antagonist" if it detectably inhibits MCH binding to MCH receptor and/or MCH-mediated signal transduction (using, for example, the representative assay provided in Example 9 or Example 12).
- an antagonist has an IC 50 value of less than 1 micromolar, preferably less than 100 nanomolar, and more preferably less than 10 nanomolar within the assay provided in Example 9 and/ or the assay provided in Example 12.
- MCH receptor antagonists include neutral antagonists and inverse agonists.
- An "inverse agonist” is a compound that reduces the activity of MCH receptor below its basal activity level in the absence of added ligand. Inverse agonists may also inhibit the activity of MCH at MCH receptor, and/or may also inhibit binding of MCH to MCH receptor.
- the ability of a compound to inhibit the binding of MCH to MCH receptor may be measured by a binding assay, such as the binding assay given in Examples 9 or 12.
- the basal activity of MCH receptor, as well as the reduction in MCH receptor activity due to the presence of antagonist may be determined from a calcium mobilization assay, such as the assay of Example 13, or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma 35 S binding assay, such as the assay described in Example 11.
- a "neutral antagonist" of MCH receptor is a compound that inhibits the activity of MCH at MCH receptor, but does not significantly change the basal activity of the receptor (e.g., within an assay as described in Example 11 or Example 13 performed in the absence of ligand, MCH receptor activity is reduced by no more than 10%, more preferably by no more than 5%, and even more preferably by no more than 2%; most preferably, there is no detectable reduction in activity).
- Neutral antagonists may also inhibit ligand binding to MCH receptor.
- MCH receptor agonist is a compound that elevates the activity of the receptor above the basal activity level of the receptor (i.e., enhances MCH receptor activation and/or MCH receptor-mediated signal transduction).
- MCH receptor agonist activity may be identified using the representative assays provided in Examples 11 and 13. In general, such an agonist has an EC 50 value of less than 1 micromolar, preferably less than 100 nanomolar, and more preferably less than 10 nanomolar within one or both of the assays provided in Examples 11 and 13.
- a “therapeutically effective amount” (or dose) is an amount that, upon administration, is sufficient to provide a discernible patient benefit. For example, a therapeutically effective amount may reduce symptom severity or frequency, or to result in detectable weight loss.
- a therapeutically effective amount may improve patient status or outcome and/or prevent or delay disease or symptom onset.
- a therapeutically effective amount or dose generally results in a concentration of compound in a body fluid (such as blood, plasma, serum, CSF, synovial fluid, lymph, cellular interstitial fluid, tears or urine) that is sufficient to alter the binding of ligand to MCH receptor in vitro (using the assay provided in Example 9 or Example 12) and/or MCH-mediated signal transduction (using an assay provided in Example 11 or Example 13).
- a body fluid such as blood, plasma, serum, CSF, synovial fluid, lymph, cellular interstitial fluid, tears or urine
- a “disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation,” as used herein is any condition that is characterized by inappropriate stimulation of MCH receptor, regardless of the amount of MCH present locally, and/or that is responsive to modulation of MCH receptor activity (i.e., the condition or a symptom thereof is alleviated by such modulation).
- Such conditions include, for example, metabolic disorders (such as diabetes), heart disease, stroke, eating disorders (such as obesity and bulimia nervosa) and sexual disorders such as anorgasmic and psychogenic impotence, as well as other diseases and disorders recited herein.
- a "patient” is any individual treated with a MCH modulator as provided herein. Patients include humans, as well as other animals such as companion animals (e.g., dogs and cats) and livestock. Patients may be experiencing one or more symptoms of a condition responsive to MCH receptor modulation, or may be free of such symptom(s) (i.e., treatment may be prophylactic).
- the present invention provides and comprises aryl substituted 8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and analogues thereof of Formula I described above, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
- W is CR 5 Rg; e.g. compounds and salts of Formula III are provided herein:
- R 5 and R 6 are independently hydrogen or methyl. iv. R 5 and R 6 are taken together to form an oxo group, e.g compounds and salts of Formula IV are provided herein:
- Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 and Y 5 are nitrogen.
- One of Y 1 , Y 4 , and Y 5 is nitrogen.
- Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , and Y 5 are all CRi, e.g., compounds and salts of Formula V and Formula VI are provided herein:
- Each R 1 is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Q- C 4 alkyl, C 2 -C 4 alkenyl, C 1 -C 4 alkoxy, haloC r C 2 alkyl, haloCrQalkoxy, hydroxyQ-Qalkyl, C 1 - C 4 alkylthio, aminoC]-C 6 alkyl, mono- or di-(C 1 -C 4 alkyl)amino, or (C 3 -C 7 cycloalkyl)Co-C 2 alkyl. ix.
- Each R 1 is independently hydrogen, halogen, C r C 2 alkyl, C 2 -C 4 alkenyl, Ci-C 2 alkoxy, haloQ-Qalkyl, or haloC 1 -C 2 alkoxy.
- x. Y 1 , Y 2 , Y 3 , Y 4 , and Y 5 are all CR 1 ; and the R 1 Of Y 1 , Y 4 , and Y 5 are all hydrogen, e.g. compounds and salts of Formula VII and Formula VlH are provided herein:
- R 1 of Y 2 is halogen, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl
- Ri of Y 3 is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl
- xii. R 1 of Y 2 is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl
- R 1 of Y 3 is halogen, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl.
- R 1 OfY 2 is methoxy or trifluoromethyl, and R 1 of Y 3 is chloro.
- xiv. R 2 and R 3 are independently hydrogen or methyl.
- xv. R 2 and R 3 are both hydrogen.
- xvi. R 2 is joined with R 3 to form an oxo group.
- R 4 is hydrogen, hydroxy, amino, -NHCHO, or C 2 alkanoylamino.
- P is nitrogen or CR 7 ;
- Q is CR 8 ;
- U is CR 9 ;
- T is CRi 0 ; and
- X is CRn, e.g. compounds and salts of Fo ⁇ nula DC are provided herein
- P is CR 7 ; Q is nitrogen; U is CR 9 ; T is CR 10 ; and X is CRn, e.g. compounds and salts of Fo ⁇ nula X are provided herein:
- R 7 , R 8 , R 9 , and R 10 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, Q-C 6 alkyl, Q- C 6 alkoxy, mono- or di-Q-C 6 alkylamino, haloQ-C 2 alkyl, or haloC r C 2 alkoxy.
- R 7 and R 8 are independently hydrogen, Ci-C 2 alkyl, or Ci-C 2 alkoxy; and R 9 and R 10 are hydrogen.
- R 7 and R 8 are both methyl.
- Rn is a group of the formula -L-G. xxviii.
- G is Ci-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, haloQ-C ⁇ alkyl, aminoCi-C 6 alkyl, or a 5- to 10-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, and haloCi-C 2 alkoxy.
- heterocycle C 0 -C 6 alkoxy, (carbocycle)C 0 -C 6 alkylamino, and (heterocycle)C 0 -C 6 alkylamino, wherein the carbocycle is phenyl, naphthyl, Q-C 7 cycloalkyl, or C 3 -C 7 cycloalkenyl, and the heterocycle is pyrrolidinyl, tefrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, py ⁇ -olyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl
- G is Q-C 6 alkyl substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from (carbocycle)C 0 -C 6 alkyl and (heterocycle)Co-C 6 alkyl, wherein the carbocycle is phenyl or C 3 - C 7 cycloalkyl, and the heterocycle is pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyrazinyl, each of which (carbocycle)C 0 -C 6 alkyl and (heterocycle)C 0 -C 6 alkyl is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, Q- C 2 alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-
- xxxiv. Rn is taken together with R 8 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle; which is substituted with O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-C 6 alkyl, (Ci-C 6 alkoxy)C 0 -C 6 alkoxy, mono- and di-(Q-C 6 alkyl)aminoCo-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 4 alkanoyl, C 3 -Qcycloalkyl, Q-C 4 alkoxycarbonyl, haloQ-C 2 alkyl, and haloQ-C 2 alkoxy.
- substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-C 6 alkyl, (Ci-C 6 alkoxy)C 0 -C 6 alkoxy, mono- and di-(Q-C 6 alkyl)aminoCo-C 6 alkyl, C 2 -
- xxxv Ri i is taken together with R 8 to form a fused 5 or 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ⁇ ng having 1 or 2 oxygen atoms; which is substituted with 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, methyl, and methoxy xxxvi.
- Rn is taken together with R 8 to form a fused 5 or 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ⁇ ng having 1 or 2 oxygen atoms; which is substituted with 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, methyl, and methoxy and R 7 , R 9 , and R] 0 are independently hydrogen or methyl
- Certain aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3 2 l]octane compounds and analogues thereof provided herein detectably alter (modulate) MCH binding to MCHRl and/or MCHR2 receptor, as determined using a standard in vitro MCH receptor binding assay and/or calcium mobilization assay.
- MCH receptor ligand binding assay refer to either of the standard in vitro receptor binding assay provided in Examples 9 and 12. Withm such assays, the receptor is incubated with labeled MCH (or other suitable ligand) and a test compound.
- a test compound that detectably modulates binding of ligand to MCH receptor will result in a decrease or increase in the amount of label bound to the MCH receptor preparation, relative to the amount of label bound in the absence of the compound
- such a compound will exhibit a K 1 at an MCH receptor that is less than 1 micromolar, more preferably less than 500 nM, 100 nM, 20 nM or 10 nM, within an assay performed as desc ⁇ bed in Example 9 and/or within an assay performed as desc ⁇ bed in Example 12.
- Certain preferred compounds are MCH receptor antagonists, and exhibit IC 50 values of about 4 micromolar or less, more preferably 1 micromolar or less, still more preferably about 100 nanomolar or less, or 10 nanomolar or less within a standard in vitro MCH receptor mediated calcium mobilization assay, as provided in Example 13 and/or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma 35 S binding assay, as described in Example 11.
- MCH receptor modulators provided herein may be evaluated for certain pharmacological properties including, but not limited to, oral bioavailability (preferred compounds are orally bioavailable to an extent allowing for therapeutically effective concentrations of the compound to be achieved at oral doses of less than 140 mg/kg, preferably less than 50 mg/kg, more preferably less than 30 mg/kg, even more preferably less than 10 mg/kg, still more preferably less than 1 mg/kg), toxicity (a preferred MCH receptor modulator is nontoxic when a therapeutically effective amount is administered to a subject), side effects (a preferred MCH receptor modulator produces side effects comparable to placebo when a therapeutically effective amount of the compound is administered to a subject), serum protein binding and in vitro and in vivo half-life (a preferred MCH receptor modulator exhibits an in vitro half-life that is equal to an in vivo half-life allowing for Q.I.D.
- oral bioavailability preferred compounds are orally bioavailable to an extent allowing for therapeutically effective concentrations of the compound to be achieved at
- T.I.D. dosing preferably T.I.D. dosing, more preferably B.I.D. dosing, and most preferably once-a-day dosing).
- differential penetration of the blood brain barrier may be desirable for MCH receptor modulators used to treat CNS disorders, while low brain levels of MCH receptor modulators used to treat peripheral disorders are preferred.
- Routine assays that are well known in the art may be used to assess these properties and identify superior compounds for a particular use. For example, assays used to predict bioavailability include transport across human intestinal cell monolayers, including Caco-2 cell monolayers. Penetration of the blood brain barrier of a compound in humans may be predicted from the brain levels of the compound in laboratory animals given the compound (e.g., intravenously).
- Serum protein binding may be predicted from albumin binding assays.
- Compound half-life is inversely proportional to the frequency of dosage of a compound.
- In vitro half-lives of compounds may be predicted from assays of microsomal half-life as described within Example 15, herein.
- preferred MCH receptor modulators provided herein are nontoxic.
- the term "nontoxic” as used herein shall be understood in a relative sense and is intended to refer to any substance that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) for administration to mammals (preferably humans) or, in keeping with established criteria, is susceptible to approval by the FDA for administration to mammals (preferably humans).
- FDA United States Food and Drug Administration
- a highly preferred nontoxic compound generally satisfies one or more of the following criteria when administered in minimum therapeutically effective amounts, or when contacted with cells at a concentration that is sufficient to inhibit the binding of MCH receptor ligand to MCH receptor in vitro : (1) does not substantially inhibit cellular ATP production; (2) does not significantly prolong heart QT intervals; (3) does not cause substantial liver enlargement and (4) does not cause substantial release of liver enzymes.
- a compound that does not substantially inhibit cellular ATP production is a compound that satisfies the criteria set forth in Example 14, herein.
- cells treated as described in Example 14 with 100 ⁇ M of such a compound exhibit ATP levels that are at least 50% of the ATP levels detected in untreated cells.
- such cells exhibit ATP levels that are at least 80% of the ATP levels detected in untreated cells.
- the concentration of compound used in such assays is generally at least 10-fold, 100-fold or 1000-fold greater than the EC 50 or IC 50 for the modulator in the assay of Example 11 or 13.
- a compound that does not significantly prolong heart QT intervals is a compound that does not result in a statistically significant prolongation of heart QT intervals (as determined by electrocardiography) in guinea pigs, minipigs or dogs upon administration of a dose that yields a serum concentration equal to the EC 50 or IC 50 for the compound.
- a dose of 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 40 or 50 mg/kg administered parenterally or orally does not result in a statistically significant prolongation of heart QT intervals.
- statically significant is meant results varying from control at the p ⁇ 0.1 level or more preferably at the p ⁇ 0.05 level of significance as measured using a standard parametric assay of statistical significance such as a student's T test.
- a compound does not cause substantial liver enlargement if daily treatment of laboratory rodents (e.g., mice or rats) for 5-10 days with a dose that yields a serum concentration equal to the EC 50 or ICso for the compound results in an increase in liver to body weight ratio that is no more than 100% over matched controls. In more highly preferred embodiments, such doses do not cause liver enlargement of more than 75% or 50% over matched controls. If non-rodent mammals (e.g., dogs) are used, such doses should not result in an increase of liver to body weight ratio of more than 50%, preferably not more than 25%, and more preferably not more than 10% over matched untreated controls. Preferred doses within such assays include 0.01, 0.05.
- a compound does not promote substantial release of liver enzymes if administration of twice the minimum dose that yields a serum concentration equal to the EC50 or IC 5 0 for the compound does not elevate serum levels of ALT, LDH or AST in laboratory rodents by more than 100% over matched mock-treated controls. In more preferred embodiments, such doses do not elevate such serum levels by more than 75% or 50% over matched controls.
- compound does not promote substantial release of liver enzymes if, in an in vitro hepatocyte assay, concentrations (in culture media or other such solutions that are contacted and incubated with hepatocytes in vitro) that are equal to the EC 50 or IC 50 for the compound do not cause detectable release of any of such liver enzymes into culture medium above baseline levels seen in media from matched mock-treated control cells. In more highly preferred embodiments, there is no detectable release of any of such liver enzymes into culture medium above baseline levels when such compound concentrations are five-fold, and preferably ten-fold the EC 50 or IC 50 for the compound.
- certain preferred compounds do not inhibit or induce microsomal cytochrome P450 enzyme activities, such as CYP 1A2 activity, CYP2A6 activity, CYP2C9 activity, CYP2C19 activity, CYP2D6 activity, CYP2E1 activity or CYP3A4 activity at a concentration equal to the EC 50 or IC 50 for the compound.
- microsomal cytochrome P450 enzyme activities such as CYP 1A2 activity, CYP2A6 activity, CYP2C9 activity, CYP2C19 activity, CYP2D6 activity, CYP2E1 activity or CYP3A4 activity at a concentration equal to the EC 50 or IC 50 for the compound.
- Certain preferred compounds are not clastogenic (e.g., as determined using a mouse erythrocyte precursor cell micronucleus assay, an Ames micronucleus assay, a spiral micronucleus assay or the like) at a concentration equal the EC 50 or IC 50 for the compound.
- certain preferred MCH receptor modulators do not induce sister chromatid exchange (e.g., in Chinese hamster ovary cells) at such concentrations.
- MCH receptor modulators provided herein may be isotopically-labeled or radiolabeled.
- compounds of Formula I may have one or more atoms replaced by an atom of the same element having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature.
- isotopes that can be present in the compounds provided herein include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2 H, 3 H, 11 C, 13 C, 14 C, 15 N, 18 O, 17 0, 31 P, 32 P, 35 S, 18 F and 36 Cl.
- substitution with heavy isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2 H) can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances.
- Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives can be administered as the neat chemical, but are preferably administered as a pharmaceutical composition comprising such a compound, together with at least one physiologically acceptable carrier or excipient.
- Representative carriers include, for example, water, buffers (e.g., neutral buffered saline or phosphate buffered saline), ethanol, mineral oil, vegetable oil, dimethylsulfoxide, carbohydrates (e.g., glucose, mannose, sucrose or dextrans), mannitol and proteins. Additional optional components include, adjuvants, diluents, polypeptides or amino acids such as glycine, antioxidants, chelating agents such as EDTA or glutathione and/or preservatives.
- Preferred pharmaceutical compositions are formulated for oral delivery to humans or other animals (e.g., companion animals such as dogs).
- Pharmaceutical carriers must be of sufficiently high purity and sufficiently low toxicity to render them suitable for administration to the animal being treated.
- the carrier can be inert or it can possess pharmaceutical benefits.
- the amount of carrier employed in conjunction with the compound is sufficient to provide a practical quantity of material for administration per unit dose of the compound.
- Representative pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or components thereof are sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and methyl cellulose; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; solid lubricants, such as stearic acid and magnesium stearate; calcium sulfate; synthetic oils; vegetable oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil and corn oil; polyols such as propylene glycol, glycerine, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; alginic acid; phosphate buffer solutions; emulsifiers, such as the TWEENS; wetting agents, such as sodium lauryl sulfate; coloring agents; flavoring agents; tableting agents; stabilizers; antioxidants; preservatives; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline
- a suitable pharmaceutical carriers or excipients suitable pharmaceutical carriers or excipients.
- methods for solubilizing compounds include, but are not limited to, using cosolvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), using surfactant, such as TWEEN, or dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate.
- DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
- surfactant such as TWEEN
- dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate Upon mixing or addition of the compound(s), the resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsion or the like. The form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the chosen carrier.
- compositions may be formulated for administration by any suitable route, including orally, topically, parenterally, by inhalation or spray, sublingually, transdermally, via buccal administration, rectally, as an ophthalmic solution or by other means, and may be prepared in dosage unit formulations.
- Dosage formulations suitable for oral use include, for example, tablets, troches, lozenges, liquid solutions, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, tinctures, syrups or elixirs.
- compositions intended for oral use may further contain one or more optional agents, such as sweetening agents (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose), flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents, in order to provide pharmaceutically appealing and palatable preparations.
- sweetening agents e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose
- flavoring agents e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose
- coloring agents e.g., sorbitol or sucrose
- preserving agents e.glycerol, sorbitol or sucrose
- Such formulations may also contain a demulcent.
- Typical components of carriers for syrups, elixirs, emulsions and suspensions include ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, liquid sucrose, sorbitol and water.
- Orally Administered Liquid Formulations Compounds provided herein can be incorporated into oral liquid preparations such as, for example, aqueous or oily suspensions, solutions, emulsions, syrups or elixirs. Moreover, formulations containing these compounds can be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use.
- Such liquid preparations may further contain one or more conventional additives, such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose, glucose/sugar, syrup, gelatin, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, aluminum stearate gel and hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin, sorbitan monsoleate or acacia); and/or non-aqueous vehicles such as edible oils (e.g., almond oil, fractionated coconut oil, silyl esters, propylene glycol and ethyl alcohol) and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate and sorbic acid).
- suspending agents e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose, glucose/sugar, syrup, gelatin, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, aluminum stearate gel and hydrogenated edible fats
- emulsifying agents e.
- Suspensions contain the active material(s) in admixture with excipients (e.g., suspending agents, wetting agents and/or preservatives) suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions.
- Suspending agents include, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydropropylmethylcellulose, AVICEL RC-591, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia.
- Dispersing or wetting agents include, for example, lecithin, polysorbate 80, naturally-occurring phosphatides such as lecithin, condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitol substitute), or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides (e.g., polyethylene sorbitan substitute).
- Representative preservatives include, for example, ethyl- or n-propyl- p-hydroxybenzoate, sodium benzoate and methyl paraben.
- Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredients in a vegetable oil (e.g., peanut oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil), a mineral oil (such as liquid paraffin) or a mixture of such oils.
- the oily suspensions may further contain a thickening agent, such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents, such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to improve palatability. If desired, these compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid.
- Emulsions Pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions.
- the oily phase may be a vegetable oil, mineral oil, or mixture thereof as described above.
- Suitable emulsifying agents include naturally-occurring gums (e.g., gum acacia or gum tragacanth), naturally-occurring phosphatides (e.g., soy bean phosphatide, lecithin and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol), and anhydrides (e.g., sorbitan monoleate and condensation products of the above partial esters with ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monoleate).
- Naturally-occurring gums e.g., gum acacia or gum tragacanth
- naturally-occurring phosphatides e.g., soy bean phosphatide, lecithin and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol
- anhydrides e.g., sorbitan monoleate and condensation products of the above partial esters with ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monoleate.
- Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives.
- a dispersing or wetting agent e.g., kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, kaolin, ka
- Tablets typically comprise conventional pharmaceutically compatible inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, mannitol, lactose and cellulose; binders such as starch, gelatin and sucrose; disintegrants such as starch, alginic acid and croscarmelose; and/or lubricants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid and talc. Glidants such as silicon dioxide can be used to improve flow characteristics of the powder mixture. Coloring agents, such as the FD&C dyes, can be added for appearance. Sweeteners and flavoring agents, such as aspartame, saccharin, menthol, peppermint and fruit flavors, are useful adjuvants for chewable tablets. Capsules (including time release and sustained release formulations) typically comprise one or more solid diluents disclosed above. The selection of carrier components often depends on secondary considerations such as taste, cost and shelf stability.
- compositions may also be coated by conventional methods, typically with pH-dependent or time-dependent coatings, such that the subject compound is released in the gastrointestinal tract in the vicinity of the desired topical application, or at various times to extend the desired action.
- coatings typically include, but are not limited to, one or more of cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinylacetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, ethyl cellulose, Eudragit coatings, waxes and shellac.
- Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
- an inert solid diluent such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin
- an oil medium such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil.
- compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension.
- a suspension may be formulated according to the known art using dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents as described above.
- the sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parentally acceptable diluent or solvent (e.g., as a solution in 1,3-butanediol).
- a non-toxic parentally acceptable diluent or solvent e.g., as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
- the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
- sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
- any bland fixed oil synthetic ⁇ e.g., synthetic mono- or diglycerides
- fatty acids such as oleic acid are useful in the preparation of injectable formulations.
- compositions may be administered parenterally in a sterile medium.
- Parenteral administration includes subcutaneous injections, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal injection or infusion techniques.
- the active agent(s) depending on the vehicle and concentration used, can either be suspended or dissolved in the vehicle.
- Adjuvants such as local anesthetics, preservatives and buffering agents can also be dissolved in the vehicle.
- at least about 90% by weight of the total composition is carrier.
- Preferred carriers for parenteral administration include propylene glycol, ethyl oleate, pyrrolidone, ethanol and sesame oil.
- compositions may also be administered rectally, in the form of suppositories.
- Such compositions can be prepared by mixing the active ingredient(s) with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug.
- suitable non-irritating excipient include cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
- compositions may be formulated for local or topical application, such as for topical application to the skin or mucous membranes.
- Topical compositions may be in any suitable form including, for example, solutions, creams, ointments, gels, lotions, milks, cleansers, moisturizers, sprays, skin patches and the like.
- solutions may, for example, be formulated as 0.01%-10% isotonic solutions, pH about 5-7, with appropriate salts.
- Pharmaceutical compositions may also be formulated for transdermal administration as a transdermal patch.
- Topical compositions containing the active compound can be admixed with a variety of carrier materials well known in the art, such as, for example, water, alcohols, aloe vera gel, allantoin, glycerine, vitamin A and E oils, mineral oil, propylene glycol, PPG-2 myristyl propionate and the like.
- carrier materials such as, for example, water, alcohols, aloe vera gel, allantoin, glycerine, vitamin A and E oils, mineral oil, propylene glycol, PPG-2 myristyl propionate and the like.
- Other materials suitable for use in topical earners include, for example, emollients, solvents, humectants, thickeners and powders.
- emollients such as stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monoricinoleate, glyceryl monostearate, propane- 1,2-diol, butane- 1, 3 -diol, mink oil, cetyl alcohol, iso-propyl isostearate, stearic acid, iso-butyl palmitate, isocetyl stearate, oleyl alcohol, isopropyl laurate, hexyl laurate, decyl oleate, octadecan-2-ol, isocetyl alcohol, cetyl palmitate, dimethylpolysiloxane, di-n-butyl sebacate, iso-propyl myristate, iso-propyl palmitate, iso-propyl stearate, butyl stearate, polyethylene glycol,
- emollients such as stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monoricinoleate, g
- compositions may also be topically administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles.
- Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine or phosphatidylcholines. Other Formiilatiorts and Additional Components
- compositions useful for attaining systemic delivery of the subject compounds include sublingual, buccal and nasal dosage forms.
- Such compositions typically comprise one or more soluble filler substances such as sucrose, sorbitol and mannitol, and/or binders such as acacia, microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose. Glidants, lubricants, sweeteners, colorants, antioxidants and flavoring agents disclosed above may also be included.
- compositions for inhalation are typically provided in the form of a solution, suspension or emulsion that can be administered as a dry powder or in the form of an aerosol using a conventional propellant ⁇ e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane or trichlorofluoromethane).
- a conventional propellant e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane or trichlorofluoromethane
- a pharmaceutical composition may be conveniently added to food or drinking water ⁇ e.g., for administration to non- human animals including companion animals, such as dogs and cats and livestock).
- Animal feed and drinking water compositions may be formulated so that the animal takes in an appropriate quantity of the composition along with its diet. It may also be convenient to present the composition as a premix for addition to feed or drinking water.
- compositions may also optionally comprise an activity enhancer.
- the activity enhancer can be chosen from a wide variety of molecules that function in different ways to enhance MCH receptor modulator effect. Particular classes of activity enhancers include skin penetration enhancers and absorption enhancers.
- compositions provided herein may also contain additional active agents, which can be chosen from a wide variety of molecules and can function in different ways to enhance the therapeutic effects of a MCH receptor modulator, or to provide a separate therapeutic effect that does not substantially interfere with the activity of the MCH receptor modulator.
- additional active agents when present, are typically employed in the compositions described herein at a level ranging from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight of the composition, preferably 0.1% to 25%, 0.2% to 15, 0.5% to 10% or 0.5% to 5% by weight of the composition.
- compositions intended for the treatment of obesity and/or eating disorders may further comprise leptin, a leptin receptor agonist, a melanocortin receptor 4 (MC4) agonist, sibutramine, dexfenfluramine, a growth hormone secretagogue, a beta-3 agonist, a 5HT-2 agonist, an orexin antagonist, a neuropeptide Yi or Y 5 antagonist, a galanin antagonist, a CCK agonist, a GLP-I agonist, a cannabinoid receptor antagonist ⁇ e.g., a CBl antagonist) and/or a corticotropin-releasing hormone agonist.
- leptin a leptin receptor agonist
- a melanocortin receptor 4 (MC4) agonist sibutramine
- dexfenfluramine a growth hormone secretagogue
- beta-3 agonist a beta-3 agonist
- 5HT-2 agonist an orexin antagonist
- a neuropeptide Yi or Y 5 antagonist
- an additional active agent is a CBl antagonist.
- Representative CBl antagonists include, for example, certain pyrimidines ⁇ e.g., PCT International Application Publication No. WO 04/029,204), pyrazines (e.g., PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 01/111,038; WO 04/111,034 and WO 04/111,033), azetidine derivatives (e.g., US Patent Nos.
- WO 03/063781 and WO 03/040107 substituted furo[2,3-b]pyridine derivatives (e.g., PCT International Application Publication No. WO 04/012671); substituted aryl amides (e.g., PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 03/087037 and WO 03/077847); substituted bicyclic or spirocyclic amides (e.g., PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 03/086288 and WO 03/082190); and substituted 2,3-diphenyl pyridines (e.g., PCT International Application Publication No. WO 03/082191).
- Other CBl antagonists are cannabidiol and its derivatives.
- Preferred CBl antagonists include, for example, aryl substituted pyrazole carboxamides such as SR-141716A (N- ⁇ iperidin-l-yl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-l- (2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-l-H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide, also known as RHVIONABANTTM or ACOMPLIATM) as well analogues thereof such as AM251 (N-piperidin-l-yl)-5-(4-iodophenyl)-l- (2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-l-H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide) and AM281 (N-(morpholin-4-yl)-l- (2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(4-iodophenyl)-4-methyl-l-H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide); various azetidine compounds (e.g., US Patent Nos
- compositions may be packaged for treating or preventing a disease or disorder that is associated with MC ⁇ receptor activation (e.g., treatment of metabolic disorders such as diabetes, heart disease, metabolic syndrome, stroke, obesity and eating disorders such as bulimia, fluid balance disorders, skin disorders such as pigmentation disorders and vitiligo, neuropsychiatric disorders such as anxiety, depression, reward system disorders and cognitive deficits, alterations in NMDA receptor function, reproductive function disorders or sexual disorders such as anorgasmic or psychogenic impotence), or for promoting weight loss.
- Pharmaceutical compositions may also be packaged for modulating bone mass (i.e., inhibiting loss of bone mass and/or stimulating an increase in bone mass).
- Packaged pharmaceutical preparations comprise a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of MCH receptor modulator as described herein and instructions (e.g., labeling) indicating that the contained composition is to be used for promoting weight loss, modulating bone mass or for treating or preventing a disease or disorder that is associated with MCH receptor activation in the patient.
- Prescribing information may be provided separately to a patient or health care provider, or may be provided as a label or package insert. Prescribing information may include, for example, efficacy, dosage and administration, contraindication and adverse reaction information pertaining to the pharmaceutical formulation.
- Certain packaged pharmaceutical preparations further include a second therapeutic agent as discussed above. Dosages
- Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives are generally present within a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount.
- Compositions providing dosage levels ranging from about 0.1 mg to about 140 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are preferred (about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per human patient per day), with dosages ranging from 0.1 mg to 50 mg, 30 mg or 10 mg particularly preferred.
- the amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the patient to be treated and the particular mode of administration. Dosage unit forms generally contain from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient.
- Dosage units generally contain from about 10 ⁇ g to about 500 mg of each active ingredient. Optimal dosages may be established using routine testing and procedures that are well known in the art.
- the present invention provides methods for inhibiting the development or progression of a disease or disorder responsive to MCH receptor modulation.
- therapeutic methods provided herein may be used to treat a patient already afflicted with such a disease or disorder, or may be used to prevent or delay the onset of such a disease or disorder in a patient who is free of detectable disease or disorder that is associated with MCH receptor activation.
- a disease or disorder is "associated with MCH receptor activation" if it is characterized by inappropriate stimulation of MCH receptor, regardless of the amount of MCH present locally, and/or is responsive to modulation of MCH receptor activity.
- Such conditions include, for example, metabolic disorders (such as diabetes), heart disease, metabolic syndrome, stroke, obesity and eating disorders (such as bulimia nervosa), fluid balance disorders, skin disorders such as pigmentation disorders and vitiligo, alterations in NMDA receptor function, and sexual disorders such as anorgasmic or psychogenic impotence. These conditions may be diagnosed and monitored using criteria that have been established in the art.
- MCH antagonists provided herein may be used to promote weight loss in patients, and MCH agonists provided herein may be used to promote weight gain in patients.
- MCH antagonists may also be used to modulate a patient's bone mass (i.e., to inhibit loss of bone mass and/or stimulate an increase in bone mass).
- Patients may include humans, domesticated companion animals (pets, such as dogs and cats) and livestock animals, with dosages and treatment regimes as described above. Additional conditions that are associated with MCH receptor activation include:
- Cognitive impairment and memory disorders such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), age-related cognitive decline (ARCD), stroke, traumatic brain injury, ADDS associated dementia, and dementia associated with depression, anxiety and psychosis (including schizophrenia and hallucinatory disorders);
- Anxiety, depression and other mood disorders including general anxiety disorder (GAD), agoraphobia, panic disorder with and without agoraphobia, social phobia, specific phobia, post traumatic stress disorder, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), dysthymia, adjustment disorders with disturbance of mood and anxiety, separation anxiety disorder, anticipatory anxiety acute stress disorder, adjustment disorders and cyclothymia;
- GAD general anxiety disorder
- OCD obsessive compulsive disorder
- Reward system disorders such as addiction (e.g., opioid, nicotine or alcohol);
- Pain such as migraine, peripheral inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain and sympathetic nervous system associated pain; and Peripheral indications such as respiratory disorders (e.g., asthma), urinary disorders (e.g., urinary incontinence), gastrointestinal disorders, reproductive function disorders and cardiovascular disorders (e.g., arteriosclerosis and hypertension).
- respiratory disorders e.g., asthma
- urinary disorders e.g., urinary incontinence
- gastrointestinal disorders e.g., urinary incontinence
- reproductive function disorders e.g., arteriosclerosis and hypertension
- Frequency of dosage may vary depending on the compound used and the particular disease to be treated or prevented. In general, for treatment of most disorders, a dosage regimen of 4 times daily or less is preferred. For the treatment of eating disorders and obesity, a dosage regimen of 1 or 2 times daily is particularly preferred. For the treatment of impotence a single dose that rapidly reaches effective concentrations is desirable. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the patient's age, body weight, general health, sex and diet, the time and route of administration, the rate of excretion, any coadministered drugs and the severity of the particular disease. In certain embodiments, administration at meal times is preferred.
- patients may generally be monitored for therapeutic effectiveness using assays suitable for the condition being treated or prevented, which will be familiar to those of ordinary skill in the art.
- methods for treating a patient comprising diagnosing the patient as having a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation, correlating the diagnosis of the disease or disorder with the need for MCH modulator administration, and administering an a effective amount of an aryl-substituted piperazine derivative provided herein.
- a method for treating a patient comprising administering an effective amount of an aryl-substituted piperazine derivative of Formula I to a patient having a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation is also provided herein.
- the disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation is obesity, an eating disorder, a sexual disorder, diabetes, heart disease, metabolic syndrome, stroke, anxiety, depression, a skin pigmentation disorder, a reward system disorder, a cognitive disorder, or a fluid balance disorder.
- the MCH receptor modulator is used to modulate bone mass.
- the aryl-substituted piperazine derivative of Formula I is administered orally, intranasally, intravenously or topically.
- MCH receptor modulators provided herein may be used within combination therapy for the treatment of conditions associated with MCH receptor modulation.
- a MCH receptor modulator is administered to a patient along with a second therapeutic agent that is not primarily a MCH receptor modulator, but that is appropriate for treatment of the condition(s) of interest.
- the MCH receptor modulator and second therapeutic agent(s) may be present in the same pharmaceutical composition, or may be administered separately in either order. Suitable second therapeutic agents include those listed above.
- Suitable dosages for MCH receptor modulator(s) within such combination therapy are generally as described herein. Dosages and methods of administration of other therapeutic agents can be found, for example, in the manufacturer's instructions in the Physician's Desk Reference.
- the combination administration results in a reduction of the dosage of the second therapeutic agent required to produce a therapeutic effect ⁇ i.e., a decrease in the minimum therapeutically effective amount).
- the dosage of second therapeutic agent in a combination or combination treatment method of the invention is less than the maximum dose advised by the manufacturer for administration of the second therapeutic agent without combination administration of a MCH receptor modulator.
- this dosage is less than 3 A, even more preferably less than Vi, and highly preferably, less than 1 A of the maximum dose, while most preferably the dose is less than 10% of the maximum dose advised by the manufacturer for administration of the second therapeutic agent(s) when administered without combination administration of a MCH receptor modulator. It will be apparent that the dosage amount of MCH receptor modulator component of the combination needed to achieve the desired effect may similarly be affected by the dosage amount and potency of the second therapeutic agent component of the combination.
- the combination administration of a MCH receptor modulator with a second therapeutic agent is accomplished by packaging one or more MCH receptor modulators and one or more second therapeutic agents in the same package, either in separate containers within the package or in the same container as a mixture of one or more MCH receptor modulators and one or more second therapeutic agents.
- Preferred mixtures are formulated for oral administration (e.g., as pills, capsules, tablets or the like).
- the package comprises a label or package insert indicating that the one or more MCH receptor modulators and one or more second therapeutic agents are to be taken together for the treatment of a condition that is associated with MCH receptor activation, such as obesity.
- one or more MCH receptor modulators provided herein are used along with one or more CBl antagonists within a combination therapy. Such combinations are of particular use for weight management, to reduce appetite and/or food intake or to prevent or treat obesity (e.g., promote weight loss).
- Patients may include humans, domesticated companion animals and livestock animals, with dosages and treatment regimes as described above.
- the MCH receptor modulator(s) may be administered to the patient at the same time as the CBl antagonist(s) (e.g., as a single dosage unit), or may be administered separately (before or after CBl antagonist).
- the MCH receptor modulator(s) and CBl antagonist(s) are ultimately simultaneously present at effective concentrations in a body fluid (e.g., blood) of the patient.
- An effective concentration of MCH receptor modulator or CBl antagonist is a concentration that is sufficient to reduce one or more of food consumption, appetite and/or body mass index in the patient when repeatedly coadministered as described herein.
- the present invention provides a variety of in vitro uses for the compounds provided herein.
- such compounds may be used as probes for the detection and localization of MCH receptors, in samples such as tissue sections, as positive controls in assays for receptor activity, as standards and reagents for determining the ability of a candidate agent to bind to MCH receptor, or as radiotracers for positron emission tomography (PET) imaging or for single photon emission computerized tomography (SPECT).
- PET positron emission tomography
- SPECT single photon emission computerized tomography
- Such assays can be used to characterize MCH receptors in living subjects.
- Compounds provided herein are also useful as standards and reagents in determining the ability of a test compound to bind to MCH receptor.
- a sample may be incubated with a compound as provided herein under conditions that permit binding of the compound to MCH receptor.
- the amount of compound bound to MCH receptor in the sample is then detected.
- a compound may be labeled using any of a variety of well-known techniques (e.g., radiolabeled with a radionucleide such as tritium, as described herein), and incubated with the sample (which may be, for example, a preparation of cultured cells, a tissue preparation or a fraction thereof).
- a suitable incubation time may generally be determined by assaying the level of binding that occurs over a period of time.
- unbound compound is removed, and bound compound detected using any method for the label employed (e.g., autoradiography or scintillation counting for radiolabeled compounds; spectroscopic methods may be used to detect luminescent groups and fluorescent groups).
- a matched sample may be simultaneously contacted with radiolabeled compound and a greater amount of unlabeled compound. Unbound labeled and unlabeled compound is then removed in the same fashion, and bound label is detected. A greater amount of detectable label in the test sample than in the control indicates the presence of MCH receptor in the sample.
- Detection assays including receptor autoradiography (receptor mapping) of MCH receptors in cultured cells or tissue samples may be performed as described by Kuhar in sections 8.1.1 to 8.1.9 of Current Protocols in Pharmacology (1998) John Wiley & Sons, New York.
- Compounds provided herein may also be used within a variety of well-known cell culture and cell separation methods.
- compounds may be linked to the interior surface of a tissue culture plate or other cell culture support, for use in immobilizing MCH receptor-expressing cells for screens, assays and growth in culture.
- Compounds may also be used to facilitate cell identification and sorting in vitro, permitting the selection of cells expressing a MCH receptor.
- the compound(s) for use in such methods are labeled as described herein.
- a compound linked to a fluorescent marker such as fluorescein, is contacted with the cells, which are then analyzed by fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
- FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
- methods for modulating binding of MCH to an MCH receptor in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a MCH receptor with a sufficient amount of a modulator provided herein, under conditions suitable for binding of MCH to the receptor.
- MCH binding to receptor is inhibited by the modulator.
- the MCH receptor may be present in solution, in a cultured or isolated cell preparation or within a patient.
- the MCH receptor is a MCHlR receptor present in the hypothalamus.
- the amount of compound contacted with the receptor should be sufficient to modulate MCH binding to MCH receptor in vitro within, for example, a binding assay as described in Example 9 and/or Example 12.
- MCH receptor preparations used to determine in vitro binding may be obtained from a variety of sources, such as from HEK 293 cells or Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells transfected with a MCH receptor expression vector, as described herein.
- the MCH receptor may be present in solution, in a cultured or isolated cell preparation or within a patient.
- the amount of modulator contacted with the receptor should be sufficient to modulate MCH receptor signal transducing activity in vitro within, for example, a calcium mobilization assay as described in Example 13 and/or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma 35 S binding assay as described in Example 11.
- An effect on signal-transducing activity may be assessed as an alteration in the electrophysiology of the cells, using standard techniques, such as intracellular patch clamp recording or patch clamp recording. If the receptor is present in an animal, an alteration in the electrophysiology of the cell may be detected as a change in the animal's feeding behavior.
- a MCH receptor modulator may contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms, so that the compound can exist in different stereoisomeric forms.
- Such forms can be, for example, racemates or optically active forms.
- All stereoisomers are encompassed by the present invention. Nonetheless, it may be desirable in certain instances to obtain single enantiomers ⁇ i.e., optically active forms).
- Standard methods for preparing single enantiomers include asymmetric synthesis and resolution of the racemates. Resolution of the racemates can be accomplished, for example, by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography using, for example a chiral HPLC column.
- Compounds may be radiolabeled by carrying out their synthesis using precursors comprising at least one atom that is a radioisotope.
- Each radioisotope is preferably carbon (e.g., 14 C), hydrogen ⁇ e.g., 3 H or 2 H), fluorine ⁇ e.g., 18 F or 19 F), sulfur ⁇ e.g., 35 S) or iodine ⁇ e.g., 125 I).
- Tritium labeled compounds may also be prepared catalytically via platinum-catalyzed exchange in tritiated acetic acid, acid-catalyzed exchange in tritiated trifluoroacetic acid, or heterogeneous-catalyzed exchange with tritium gas using the compound as substrate.
- certain precursors may be subjected to tritium-halogen exchange with tritium gas, tritium gas reduction of unsaturated bonds, or reduction using sodium borotritide, as appropriate.
- Preparation of radiolabeled compounds may be conveniently performed by a radioisotope supplier specializing in custom synthesis of radiolabeled probe compounds.
- a commercially available N-protected tropinone derivative such as but not limited to N-carbethoxy-4-tropinone, tropinone, BOC-nortropinone is reacted with an arylorganometallic reagent such as but not limited to arylmagnesium halides (Grignard reagents), aryllithium, arylsodium, arylzinc halides, aryl copper halides, or arylcerium halides in an inert reaction solvent such as but not limited to ethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, diisopropyl ether, methyl-tert-butyl ether, benzene, toluene and the like at a reaction temperature between -78 0 C and 120 0 C, more preferably between O 0 C and 60 0 C to furnish the ⁇ -protected 3-aryl-3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane.
- the addition of the organometallic reagent takes place highly preferably from the less-hindered side (see for example Langbein, A. et al. 8-Arylalkyl-3-phenyl-3-nortropanols, their acid addition salts and their pharmaceutical compositions. US 4,393,069, 7/12/83).
- the protecting group on the nitrogen atom can then be removed using a number of methods familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example Greene, T.W. and Wuts, P.G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1999).
- the last step can be carried out by reacting the 3-aryl-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol with an appropriately substituted benzylic chloride, bromide, iodide, tosylate, mesylate, benzenesulfonate and the like in a solvent such as EtOH, DMF, DMSO, acetonitrile, propionitrile, acetone and the like in the presence of a base such as but not limited to K 2 CO 3 , Na 2 CO 3 , NaHCO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 and the like at temperatures between room temperature and 140 0 C.
- EXAMPLE 1 SYNTHESIS OF 8-(4-METHOXY-2,3-DIMETP ⁇ YLBENZYL)-3-(4-CHLORO-3-
- step 1 The ethyl 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2. l]octane-8-carboxylate obtained in step 1 (11.1 g) is treated with KOH (48 g, 0.86 mol), and hydrazine monohydrate (8 mL) in HOCH 2 CH 2 OH (240 mL) at reflux for 4h. The reaction mixture is then cooled to room temperature, poured into 200 mL of water and extracted with CHCl 3 (3x).
- the mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2h.
- the solvent is removed under reduced pressure.
- the residue is dried on high vacuum pump overnight, and used in the next step without further purification.
- Step 5 8-(4-(3-(Dimethylamino)propoxy)-2, 3-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(4-chIoro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-aza- bicyclo[3.2.1] octa ⁇ -3-ol
- 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylbenzyl)-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol obtained in step 4 (20 mg, 0.05 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 mL) is added Cs 2 CO 3 (24.2 mg, 0.075 mmol), followed by Me 2 NCH 2 CH 2 CH 2 ClHCl (0.06 mmol) and catalytic amounts of NaI.
- Example 2 To a solution of 3-(4-chloro-3-memoxyphenyl)-8-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylbenzyl)-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol obtained in step 4, Example 2, (20 mg, 0.05 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 mL) is added Cs 2 CO 3 (24.2 mg, 0.075 mmol), followed by 2-chloro-N,N-dimethylacetamide (0.06 mmol) and catalytic amounts of NaI. The mixture is heated at 6O 0 C overnight. The reaction is then cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, brine, dried over Na 2 SO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure.
- the MCHlR receptor source is a rat striatum homogenate.
- the rats are na ⁇ ve Sprague Dawley or Wistar rats which are not food deprived overnight, and weigh roughly 250 ⁇ 25 grams.
- the stratum is rapidly/carefully dissected away from the cortex, mid-bram and hippocampus.
- the stratum is weighed, and homogenized in Prep buffer (50 mM T ⁇ s, pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 2 mM EGTA- 23 mL per gram of striatum, typically 150 mg of tissue plus 3.5 mL of prep buffer), homogenizing for 30 seconds using a BRINKMAN POLYTRON at setting 5.
- Prep buffer 50 mM T ⁇ s, pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl 2 , 2 mM EGTA- 23 mL per gram of striatum, typically 150 mg of tissue plus 3.5 mL of prep buffer
- rat striatal membranes The protein concentration of the resulting membrane preparation (hereinafter "rat striatal membranes") is conveniently measured using a Bradford protein assay (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Hercules, CA).
- EXAMPLE 9 RADIOLIGAND BINDING ASSAYS This Example illustrates a standard assay of Melanin Concentrating Hormone receptor binding that may be used to determine the binding affinity of compounds for the MCH receptor.
- 125 I- labeled S36057 New England Nuclear Corp., Boston, MA
- a stable analogue of MCH is used as the radioligand.
- Purified rat striatal membranes prepared by the method given in Example 8 above, are resuspended by Dounce homogenization (tight pestle) in binding buffer (50 mM T ⁇ s pH. 7.4, 1.0 mM Mg Cl 2 , 5 mM KCl 3 1 mM CaCl 2 , 120 mM NaCl, 1 mM bacitracin, 0.02 mg/mL Aprotmm & 0.1% BSA).
- the optimal rat striatal homogenate input has been determined, via a protein linearity expe ⁇ ment, to be 275 ⁇ g / data point / 250 ⁇ L.
- this amount of protein binds 10-15% of the input radioligand.
- the specific binding signal is routinely 50%.
- Non specific binding is defined with l ⁇ M MCH.
- Displacement binding studies, designed to determine the IC 5 o/K, of exogenously added compounds, are run at 30 pM [ I25 I]-S36057.
- rat st ⁇ atal membranes (275 ⁇ g) are added to polypropylene tubes containing 25 pM - 0.5 nM [ 125 I]S36057.
- Nonspecific binding is determined in the presence of 10 ⁇ M MCH (Toc ⁇ s Cookson Inc., Ellisville, MO, USA) and accounts for less than 10 % of total binding.
- GTP7S is added to duplicate tubes at the final concentration of 50 ⁇ M.
- membranes 275 ⁇ .g are added to polypropylene tubes containing 0.03 nM [ 125 I]S36057.
- Non-radiolabeled displacers are added to separate assays at concentrations ranging from 10 "10 M to 10 "5 M to yield a final volume of 0.250 mL.
- Nonspecific binding is determined in the presence of 10 ⁇ M MCH and accounts for less than 30% of total binding.
- WO 03/059289 Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA) via calcium precipitation.
- CHO Chinese hamster ovary
- CHO mMCHlR cell pellets are resuspended in homogenization buffer (10 mM HEPES, 250 mM sucrose, 0.5 ⁇ g/mL leupeptin, 2 ⁇ g/mL Aprotinin, 200 ⁇ M PMSF, and 2.5 mM EDTA, pH 7.4) and homogenized using a BRINKMAN POLYTRON homogenizer (setting 5 for 30 seconds).
- the homogenate is centrifuged (536 x g/ 10 min/ 4 0 C) to pellet the nuclei.
- the supernatant containing isolated membranes is decanted to a clean centrifuge tube, centrifuged (48,000 X g/ 30 min, 4 0 C) and the resulting pellet resuspended in 30 mL homogenization buffer. This centrifugation and resuspension step is repeated twice. The final pellet is resuspended in ice cold Dulbecco's PBS containing 5 mM EDTA and stored in frozen aliquots at -8O 0 C until needed.
- the protein concentration of the resulting membrane preparation (hereinafter "P2 membranes") is conveniently measured using a Bradford protein assay (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Hercules, CA).
- GTP binding activity can be used to identify agonist and antagonist compounds and to differentiate neutral antagonist compounds from those that possess inverse agonist activity. This activity can also be used to detect partial agonism mediated by antagonist compounds. A compound being analyzed in this assay is referred to herein as a "test compound.”
- Agonist-stimulated GTP binding on purified P2 membranes is assessed using MCH as agonist in order to ascertain the level of signal, and EC 50 value of MCH as measured by GTP binding.
- P2 membranes from the CHO cells are resuspended by Dounce homogenization (tight pestle) in GTP binding assay buffer (50 niM Tris pH 7.4, 120 mM NaCl, 5 mM MgC12, 2 mM EGTA, 0.1% BSA, 0.1 mM bacitracin, 100 KIU/mL aprotinin, 5 ⁇ M GDP, 10 ⁇ g/mL saponin) and added to reaction tubes at a concentration of 50 ⁇ g protein/reaction tube. After adding increasing doses of the agonist MCH at concentrations ranging from 10 "12 M to 10 "6 M, reactions are initiated by the addition of 100 pM GTP gamma 35 S.
- GTP binding assay buffer 50 niM Tris pH 7.4, 120 mM NaCl, 5 mM MgC12, 2 mM EGTA, 0.1% BSA, 0.1 mM bacitracin, 100 KIU/mL aprotin
- non-radiolabeled test compounds e.g., compounds provided herein
- Neutral antagonists are those test compounds that reduce the MCH stimulated GTP binding activity towards, but not below, baseline (the level of GTP bound by membranes in this assay in the absence of added MCH or other agonist and in the further absence of any test compound).
- An antagonist test compound that elevates GTP binding activity above baseline in the absence of added MCH in this GTP binding assay is characterized as having partial agonist activity.
- Preferred antagonist compounds described herein do not elevate GTP binding activity under such conditions more than 10% above baseline, preferably not more than 5% above baseline, and most preferably not more than 2% above baseline.
- G-alpha-bound (and thereby membrane-bound) GTP gamma 35 S is determined by measuring the bound radioactivity, preferably by liquid scintillation spectrometry of the washed filters.
- Non-specific binding is determined using 10 mM GTP gamma 35 S and typically represents less than 10% of total binding. Data is expressed as percent above basal (baseline).
- SIGMAPLOT software is then used to generate K; as described by Cheng and Prusoff (1973) Biochem Pharmacol. 22(23):3099-10&.
- Preferred compounds are MCHl receptor antagonists that do not possess significant (e.g., greater than 5%) agonist activity in any of the MCH mediated functional assays discussed herein. Specifically, this undesired agonist activity can be evaluated, for example, in the GTP binding assay described above, by measuring small molecule mediated GTP binding in the absence of the agonist, MCH.
- the preferred extent of MCHlR agonist activity exhibited by compounds of the invention is less than 10%, more preferably less than 5% and most preferably less than 2% of the response elicited by the agonist, MCH.
- This Example illustrates a standard assay of melanin concentrating hormone receptor binding that may be used to determine the binding affinity of compounds for the MCH receptor.
- Cynomolgus macaque hypothalamus MCHl cDNA is prepared and cloned into PCDNA3.1 (INVITROGEN Corp., Carlsbad, CA), and HEK293 cells (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA) are stably transfected with the MCHl expression vector as described in PCT International Application publication number WO 03/059289, which published on July 24, 2003.
- the disclosure of WO 03/059289 at page 52 directed to the preparation and storage of the transfected HEK293 cells is hereby incorporated by reference.
- pellets are thawed by addition of wash buffer (25 mM Hepes with 1.0 mM CaCl 2 , 5.0 mM MgCl 2 , 120 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) and homogenized for 30 seconds using a BRINKMAN POLYTRON, setting 5.
- wash buffer 25 mM Hepes with 1.0 mM CaCl 2 , 5.0 mM MgCl 2 , 120 mM NaCl, pH 7.4
- BRINKMAN POLYTRON setting 5.
- Cells are centrifuged for 10 minutes at 48,000 x g. The supernatant is discarded and the pellet is resuspended in fresh wash buffer, and homogenized again. An aliquot of this membrane homogenate is used to determine protein concentration via the Bradford method (BIO-RAD Protein Assay Kit, #500-0001, BIO-RAD, Hercules, CA).
- a 1- liter culture of cells typically yields 50-75 mg of total membrane protein.
- the homogenate is centrifuged as before and resuspended to a protein concentration of 333 ⁇ g/mL in binding buffer (Wash buffer + 0.1% BSA and 1.0 ⁇ M final phosphoramidon) for an assay volume of 50 ⁇ g membrane protein/150 ⁇ L binding buffer.
- Phosphoramidon was from SIGMA BIOCHEMICALS, St. Louis, MO (cat# R-7385). Competition binding assays are performed at room temperature in Falcon 96 well round bottom polypropylene plates.
- Each assay well contains 150 ⁇ L of MCH receptor-containing membranes prepared as described above, 50 ⁇ L 125 I-Tyr MCH, 50 ⁇ L binding buffer, and 2 ⁇ L test compound in DMSO.
- Non-specific binding is defined as the binding measured in the presence of 1 ⁇ M unlabeled MCH.
- MCH is purchased from BACHEM U.S.A., King of Prussia, PA (cat # H-1482).
- Assay wells used to determine MCH binding contain 150 ⁇ L of MCH receptor containing membranes, 50 ⁇ L 125 I- Tyr MCH, 25 ⁇ L binding buffer and 25 ⁇ L binding buffer. Assay plates are incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. Membranes are harvested onto
- PEI polyethyleneimine
- the concentration of I25 I-Tyr MCH is varied from 7 to 1,000 pM.
- K values are below 1 micromolar, preferably below 500 nanomolar, more preferably below 100 nanomolar.
- This Example illustrates a representative functional assay for monitoring the response of cells expressing melanin concentrating hormone receptors to melanin concentrating hormone. This assay can also be used to determine if test compounds act as agonists or antagonists of melanin concentrating hormone receptors.
- Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells (American Type Culture Collection; Manassas, VA) are stably transfected with the MCH expression vector via calcium phosphate precipitation, and are grown to a density of 15,000 cells/well in FALCONTM black-walled, clear-bottomed 96-well plates (#3904, BECTON-DICKINSON, Franklin Lakes, NJ) in Ham's F12 culture medium (MEDIATECH, Herndon, VA) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, 25 mM HEPES and 500 ⁇ g/mL (active) G418. Prior to running the assay, the culture medium is emptied from the 96 well plates.
- Fluo-3 calcium sensitive dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR) is added to each well (dye solution: 1 mg FLUO-3 AM, 440 ⁇ L DMSO and 440 ⁇ L 20% pluronic acid in DMSO, diluted 1:4, 50 ⁇ L diluted solution per well). Plates are covered with aluminum foil and incubated at 37 0 C for 1-2 hours.
- KRH buffer 0.05 mM KCl, 0.115 M NaCl, 9.6 mM NaH 2 PO 4 , 0.01 mM MgSO 4 , 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4
- Fluorescence response is monitored upon the addition of either human MCH receptor or test compound by a FLDPRTM plate reader (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA) by excitation at 480 nm and emission at 530 nm.
- the EC 50 of MCH is first determined. An additional 20 ⁇ L of KRH buffer and 1 ⁇ L DMSO are added to each well of cells, prepared as described above. 100 ⁇ L human MCH in KRH buffer is automatically transferred by the FLEPR instrument to each well. An 8- point concentration response curve, with final MCH concentrations of 1 nM to 3 ⁇ M, is used to determine MCH EC 50 .
- Test compounds are dissolved in DMSO, diluted in 20 ⁇ L KRH buffer, and added to cells prepared as described above.
- the 96 well plates containing prepared cells and test compounds are incubated in the dark, at room temperature for 0.5-6 hours. It is important that the incubation not continue beyond 6 hours.
- 100 ⁇ L human MCH diluted in KRH buffer to 2 x EC 50 is automatically added by the FLLPR instrument to each well of the 96 well plate for a final sample volume of 200 ⁇ L and a final MCH concentration Of EC 50 .
- the final concentration of test compounds in the assay wells is between 1 nM and 5 ⁇ M.
- cells exposed to one EC 50 of MCH exhibit a fluorescence response of about 10,000 Relative Fluorescence Units.
- Cells incubated with antagonists of the MCH receptor exhibit a response that is significantly less than that of the control cells to the p ⁇ 0.05 level, as measured using a parametric test of statistical significance.
- antagonists of the MCH receptor decrease the fluorescence response by about 20%, preferably by about 50%, and most preferably by at least 80% as compared to matched controls.
- the ability of a compound to act as an agonist of the MCH receptor is determined by measuring the fluorescence response of cells expressing MCH receptors, using the methods described above, in the absence of MCH. Compounds that cause cells to exhibit fluorescence above background are MCH receptor agonists.
- This Example illustrates the evaluation of compound toxicity using a Madin Darby canine kidney (MDCK) cell cytotoxicity assay.
- test compound 1 ⁇ L is added to each well of a clear bottom 96-well plate (PACKARD, Meriden, CT) to give final concentration of compound in the assay of 10 ⁇ M, 100 ⁇ M or 200 ⁇ M. Solvent without test compound is added to control wells.
- MDCK cells ATCC no. CCL-34 (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA), are maintained in sterile conditions following the instructions in the ATCC production information sheet.
- Confluent MDCK cells are trypsinized, harvested, and diluted to a concentration of 0.1 x 10 6 cells/mL with warm (37 0 C) medium (VITACELL Minimum Essential Medium Eagle, ATCC catalog # 30- 2003). 100 ⁇ L of diluted cells is added to each well, except for five standard curve control wells that contain 100 ⁇ L of warm medium without cells. The plate is then incubated at 37°C under 95% O 2 , 5% CO 2 for 2 hours with constant shaking.
- mammalian cell lysis solution from the PACKARD (Meriden, CT) ATP-LITE-M Luminescent ATP detection kit
- PACKARD TOPSEAL stickers from the PACKARD (Meriden, CT) ATP-LITE-M Luminescent ATP detection kit
- the ATP-LITE-M Luminescent ATP detection kit is generally used according to the manufacturer's instructions to measure ATP production in treated and untreated MDCK cells. PACKARD ATP LITE-M reagents are allowed to equilibrate to room temperature. Once equilibrated, the lyophilized substrate solution is reconstituted in 5.5 mL of substrate buffer solution (from kit). Lyophilized ATP standard solution is reconstituted in deionized water to give a 10 mM stock.
- PACKARD substrate solution 50 ⁇ L is added to all wells, which are then covered, and the plates are shaken at approximately 700 rpm on a suitable shaker for 2 minutes.
- a white PACKARD sticker is attached to the bottom of each plate and samples are dark adapted by wrapping plates in foil and placing in the dark for 10 minutes.
- Luminescence is then measured at 22°C using a luminescence counter (e.g., PACKARD TOPCOUNT Microplate Scintillation and Luminescence Counter or TECAN SPECTRAFLUOR PLUS), and ATP levels calculated from the standard curve.
- ATP levels in cells treated with test compound(s) are compared to the levels determined for untreated cells.
- Cells treated with 10 ⁇ M of a preferred test compound exhibit ATP levels that are at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, of the untreated cells.
- a 100 ⁇ M concentration of the test compound is used, cells treated with preferred test compounds exhibit ATP levels that are at least 50%, preferably at least 80%, of the ATP levels detected in untreated cells.
- This Example illustrates the evaluation of compound half-life values (ti /2 values) using a representative liver microsomal half-life assay.
- liver microsomes are obtained from XenoTech LLC (Kansas City, KS). Such liver microsomes may also be obtained from Ih Vitro Technologies (Baltimore, MD) or Tissue Transformation Technologies (Edison, NJ). Six test reactions are prepared, each containing 25 ⁇ L microsomes, 5 ⁇ L of a 100 ⁇ M solution of test compound, and 399 ⁇ L 0.1 M phosphate buffer (19 mL 0.1 M NaH 2 PO 4 , 81 mL 0.1 M Na 2 HPO 4 , adjusted to pH 7.4 with H 3 PO 4 ).
- a seventh reaction is prepared as a positive control containing 25 ⁇ L microsomes, 399 ⁇ L 0.1 M phosphate buffer, and 5 ⁇ L of a 100 ⁇ M solution of a compound with known metabolic properties (e.g., DIAZEPAM or CLOZAPINE). Reactions are preincubated at 39 0 C for 10 minutes.
- a compound with known metabolic properties e.g., DIAZEPAM or CLOZAPINE
- Cofactor mixture is prepared by diluting 16.2 mg NADP and 45.4 mg glucose-6-phosphate in 4 mL 100 mM MgCl 2 .
- Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase solution is prepared by diluting 214.3 ⁇ L glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase suspension (Roche Molecular Biochemicals; Indianapolis, IN) into 1285.7 ⁇ L distilled water.
- 71 ⁇ L of starting reaction mixture (3 mL cofactor mixture; 1.2 mL glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase solution) is added to 5 of the 6 test reactions and to the positive control.
- 71 ⁇ L 100 mM MgCl 2 is added to the sixth test reaction, which is used as a negative control.
- 75 ⁇ L of each reaction mix is pipetted into a well of a 96-well deep-well plate containing 75 ⁇ L ice-cold acetonitrile.
- Samples are vortexed and centrifuged 10 minutes at 3500 rpm (Sorval T 6000D centrifuge, HlOOOB rotor).
- 75 ⁇ L of supernatant from each reaction is transferred to a well of a 96-well plate containing 150 ⁇ L of a 0.5 ⁇ M solution of a compound with a known LCMS profile (internal standard) per well.
- LCMS analysis of each sample is carried out and the amount of unmetabolized test compound is measured as AUC, compound concentration vs. time is plotted, and the t 1/2 value of the test compound is extrapolated.
- Preferred compounds provided herein exhibit in vitro t 1/2 values of greater than 10 minutes and less than 4 hours, preferably between 30 minutes and 1 hour, in human liver microsomes.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
- Obesity (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Reproductive Health (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
- Medicinal Preparation (AREA)
Abstract
Aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and analogues thereof, are provided. Such compounds may be used to modulate MCH binding to MCH receptors in vivo or in vitro, and are particularly useful in the treatment of a variety of metabolic, feeding, neuropsychiatric, reproductive and sexual disorders in humans, domesticated companion animals and livestock animals. Pharmaceutical compositions and methods for treating such disorders are provided, as are methods for using such ligands for detecting MCH receptors (e.g., receptor localization studies).
Description
ARYL SUBSTITUTED 8-AZA-BICYCLO[3.2.1]OCTANE COMPOUNDS AS LIGANDS OF THE MELANIN CONCENTRATING HORMONE RECEPTOR
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
Aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and analogues thereof that are melanin concentrating hormone receptor modulators are provided herein. Methods for using such compounds for treating a variety of metabolic, eating and sexual disorders, and as probes for the detection and localization of MCH receptors are also described.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Melanin concentrating hormone, or MCH, is a cyclic 19 amino acid neuropeptide first identified as a regulator of skin coloration in fish and other vertebrates, and subsequently as a regulator of food intake and energy balance in higher vertebrates. In many species, including humans, MCH is produced in the hypothalamus. MCH is also produced at various peripheral sites, including the gastrointestinal tract and testis.
The postulated role of MCH in feeding behavior and body weight regulation is confirmed by the finding that i.c.v. injection of MCH increases caloric consumption in rats over similarly treated control animals. Furthermore, rats having the ob/ob genotype exhibit a 50-80% increase in MCH mRNA expression as compared to leaner ob/+ genotype mice, and prepro-MCH knockout mice, as well as MCH receptor knockout mice, are leaner than normal mice, due to hypophagia and an increased metabolic rate.
MCH activity is mediated via binding to specific receptors. Like other G protein-coupled receptors (e.g., neuropeptide Y (NPY) and beta-adrenergic receptors), MCH receptors are membrane- spanning proteins, generally found on cell surfaces, that consist of a single contiguous amino acid chain comprising an extracellular N-terminal domain, seven membrane-spanning alpha helical domains (connected by three intracellular loop domains alternating with three extracellular loop domains), and an intracellular C-terminal domain. Signal transduction is typically initiated by the binding of extracellular MCH to the receptor. This elicits conformational changes in the extracellular domains. When the receptor is functioning properly, these conformational changes propagate through the transmembrane domains and result in a coordinated change in the intracellular portions of the receptor. This precise alteration in the intracellular domains acts to trigger the associated G-protein complex to modulate intracellular signaling. Human Melanin Concentrating Hormone Receptor- 1 (MCHlR) is a 353 amino acid, 7- transmembrane, alpha-helical, G protein-coupled receptor, initially reported as orphan receptor SLC-
1. Immunohistochemistry studies of rat brain sections indicate that MCHlR is widely expressed in brain. MCHlR expression is found in olfactory tubercle, cerebral cortex, substantia nigra, basal forebrain CAl, CA2, and CA3 fields of the hippocampus, amygdala, and in nuclei of the hypothalamus, thalamus, midbrain and hindbrain. Strong signals are observed in the ventromedial and dorsomedial nuclei of the hypothalamus, two areas of the brain involved in feeding behavior. Upon binding MCH, MCHlR recombinantly expressed in HEK 293 cells mediates a dose dependent release of intracellular calcium. Cells expressing MCHlR also exhibit a pertussis toxin sensitive dose-dependent inhibition of forskolin-elevated cyclic AMP, indicating that the receptor couples to a Gj/o G-protein alpha subunit. Certain monkey and human MCHlR sequences, as well as various chimeric MCHlR proteins, have been disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 10/309,515 (published as 2003/0114644 on June 19, 2003).
A second MCH receptor (designated MCH2R) has also been identified. MCH2R has an overall amino acid identity of more than 30% with MCHlR, and is detected specifically in the same regions of the brain as MCHlR. Monkey and canine MCH2R sequences, as well as various chimeric MCH2R proteins, have been disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Serial Number 10/291,990 (published as 2003/0148457 on August 7, 2003).
Agents capable of modulating MCH receptor activity are highly desirable for the treatment of a variety of diseases and disorders, including obesity, eating disorders (e.g., bulimia and anorexia), sexual disorders (e.g., anorgasmic or psychogenic impotence) and metabolic disorders, such as diabetes. Small molecule, non-peptide antagonists of MCH receptors would be of particular value for such therapies. The present invention fulfills this need, and provides further related advantages.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The present invention provides aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and analogues thereof of Formula I and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
W is absent or CR5R6, wherein R5 and R5 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, Q- C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, C2-C4alkenyl, or haloCi-C2alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together to form an oxo group;
Yi, Y2, Y3, Y4 and Y5 are each nitrogen or CRi, wherein no more than 3 of Yi, Y2, Y3, Y4, and Y5 are nitrogen.
Each Ri is independently:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, -CONH2, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2- Qalkynyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, haloCi-C6alkyl, haloCrC6alkoxy, hydroxyd-Cβalkyl, Ci-C6alkylthio, Q-
C8alkylether, ammoCi-C6alkyl, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)ammoC0-C6alkyl, mono- or di-Q-
C6alkylcarboxamide, Ci-C6alkylsulfonyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl, or (heterocycloalkyl)C0-
C6alkyl; or
(ii) any two adjacent Ri may be joined to form a fused 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle, each of which is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, haloCi-C4alkyl, and haloCi~C4alkoxy. Wherein when Yi , Y2, Y3, Y4 and Y5 are all CRi at least one Ri is not hydrogen;
R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, Ci-C4alkyl, C!-C4alkoxy, C2- C4alkenyl, or haloCrC2alkyl; or R2 and R3 are taken together to form an oxo group; or R3 is taken together with R9 to form a fused 5- to 10-membered carbocycle or heterocycle.
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- or di-Q- C4alkylamino, -NHCHO, C2-C4alkanoylamino, haloCi-C2alkyl, or haloQ-Qalkoxy.
P is nitrogen or CR7.
Q is nitrogen or CRg. U is nitrogen or CR9.
T is nitrogen or CRi 0.
X is nitrogen or CRn.
Wherein no more than 3 of P, Q, U, T, and X are nitrogen;
R7 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula -L-M; or (ii) taken together with R8 to form a fused 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle.
R8 is:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula -L-M; or (ii) taken together with R7 to form a fused 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle; (iii) taken together with Rn to form a fused 5- to 10-membered carbocycle or heterocycle, each of which is substituted 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, CrC6alkyl, (C,-C6alkoxy)Co-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2- C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCrC2alkoxy.
R9 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula -L-M; or
(ii) taken together with Ri0 to form a fused 5- to 10-membered carbocycle or heterocycle.
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula -L-M; or (ii) taken together with R3 or R9 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle. R11 is:
(i) bromo, iodo, hydroxy, nitro, or cyano; (ii) a group of the formula -L-G;
(iii) 5-10 membered cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (C1- C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(C1-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, CrC4alkoxycarbonyl, haloQ-Qalkyl, and haloCrC2alkoxy; or
(iv) taken together with R8 to form an optionally substituted fused 5- to 10-membered carbocycle or heterocycle.
G is CrC6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloQ-Qalkyl, aminoCrC6alkyl, or a 5- to 10- membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, and haloC1-C2alkoxy, and
G is further substituted with 0 to 1 substituent chosen from
(a) oxo, hydroxy, cyano, -COOH, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H, -SO2NH2, and imino,
(b) (Q-QalkoxyJCo-Cgalkoxy, mono- and
Q- C6alkylsulfonyl, Q-Cβalkylthio, Q-Cβalkylsulfonamide, Ci-C6alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C6alkanoylamino, mono- and di-Cj-Cgalkylcarboxamide, and C]-C6alkyloxime, each of which (b) is substituted with from 0 to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, (C1- C4alkoxy)C0-C4alkyl, mono- and di-Q-Qalkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C1- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloC1-C2alkyl, and haloQ-Qalkoxy; and (c) (carbocycle)Co-C6alkyl, (heterocycle)C0-C6alkyl, (carbocycle)C0-C6alkoxy,
(heterocycle)C0-C6alkoxy, (carbocycle)Co-C6alkylamino, and (heterocycle)C0-C6alkylamino; each of which (c) is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-Cβalkyl, (C1-C6alkoxy)Co-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(C1-C6alkyl)aminoC0- Qalkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C1-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCrC2alkyl, and haloCrC2alkoxy. Each L is independently a single covalent bond, -N(R13)-, -O-, -C(=O)-, -SO2-, -SO2NH-,
-C(=0)N(R13)-, or -N(R13)C(=O)-, wherein each R13 is independently hydrogen, CrCβalkyl, C2- C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, or haloCi-C6alkyl.
Each M is independently hydrogen, CrC6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloQ-Cβalkyl, aminoCrCβallcyl, or a 5- to 10-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl.
Within certain aspects, compounds as described herein are MCH receptor modulators and exhibit a K; of no greater than 1 micromolar, 500 nanomolar, 100 nanomolar, or 10 nanomolar in a
MCH receptor binding assay and/or have an EC50 or IC50 value of no greater than 1 micromolar, 500 nanomolar, 100 nanomolar, or 10 nanomolar in an assay for determining MCH receptor agonist or antagonist activity.
Within certain aspects, compounds or salts as described herein are labeled with a detectable marker (e.g., radiolabeled or fluorescein conjugated).
The present invention further provides, within other aspects, pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one compound or salts as described herein (i.e., a compound Formula I or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof) in combination with a physiologically acceptable carrier or excipient. Within certain embodiments, a pharmaceutical composition provided herein may further comprise one or more additional active agents (i.e., drugs). Pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may be formulated, for example, as an injectable fluid, an aerosol, a cream, a gel, a pill, a capsule, a syrup, or a transdermal patch. The present invention further provides, within other aspects, methods for treating a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a MCH receptor modulator as described above. Such diseases and disorders include, for example, eating disorders (e.g., obesity and bulimia nervosa), sexual disorders, diabetes, heart disease, and stroke. The MCH receptor modulator may be administered orally, or via another means such as intranasally, intravenously, or topically. Within certain embodiments, the patient is a human, companion animal, or livestock animal.
Methods are provided, within other aspects, for determining the presence or absence of MCH receptor in a sample, comprising: contacting a sample with a compound as described above under conditions that permit binding of the compound to MCH receptor; and detecting a level of the compound bound to MCH receptor. Within certain embodiments, the compound is radiolabeled, and the step of detection comprises: separating unbound compound from bound compound; and determining an amount of bound compound in the sample. Detection may be achieved, for example, using autoradiography.
The present invention further provides, within other aspects, methods for modulating binding of ligand to MCH receptor. Certain such methods are performed in vitro, and comprise contacting MCH receptor with MCH receptor modulator, as described above under conditions and in an amount sufficient to detectably modulate MCH binding to MCH receptor. Other such methods may be performed in vivo, and comprise contacting cells expressing MCH receptor with a compound or modulator as described above in an amount sufficient to detectably modulate MCH binding to cells expressing a cloned MCH receptor in vitro.
Methods are further provided for modulating binding of MCH to MCH receptor in a patient, comprising administering to a patient (i.e., a human or non-human animal) a compound or modulator as described above. Patients include, for example, companion animals such as dogs.
Within further aspects, the present invention provides methods for modulating the signal- transducing activity of MCH receptor, comprising contacting an MCH receptor, either in vivo or in vitro, with an amount of an MCH receptor modulator sufficient to detectably alter MCH receptor activity, under conditions suitable for binding of MCH to MCH receptor. Preferably, the MCH receptor is a MCHlR.
Packaged pharmaceutical preparations, comprising: (a) a pharmaceutical composition as described above in a container; and (b) instructions for using the composition to treat a patient suffering from a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation. Such disorders include, for example eating disorders (e.g., obesity and bulimia nervosa), sexual disorders, diabetes, heart disease, and stroke, are also provided herein.
In yet another aspect, methods of preparing the compounds disclosed herein, including the intermediates, are also provided herein.
These and other aspects of the present invention will become apparent upon reference to the following detailed description.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
As noted above, the present invention provides aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and analogues thereof of Formula I. Certain preferred compounds are MCH receptor modulators that may be used in vitro or in vivo, to inhibit MCH binding to MCH receptors, activate
MCH receptors, or to otherwise modulate MCH receptor activity in a variety of contexts, as discussed in further detail below.
TERMINOLOGY Compounds are generally described herein using standard nomenclature. For compounds having asymmetric centers, it should be understood that (unless otherwise specified) all of the optical isomers and mixtures thereof are encompassed. In addition, compounds with carbon-carbon double bonds may occur in Z- and E- forms, with all isomeric forms of the compounds being included unless otherwise specified. Where a compound exists in various tautomeric forms, a recited compound is not limited to any one specific tautomer, but rather is intended to encompass all tautomeric forms. Compound descriptions are intended to encompass compounds with all possible isotopes of atoms occurring in the compounds. Isotopes are those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. By way of general example, and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium and isotopes of carbon include 11C, 13C, and 14C. Certain compounds are
described herein using a general formula that includes variables (e.g., Rb R2, R3). Unless otherwise specified, each variable within such a formula is defined independently of any other variable, and any variable that occurs more than one time in a formula is defined independently at each occurrence. In general, the variables (e.g. Ri, R2, R3) may have any definition described herein that results in a stable compound.
The terms "aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and analogues thereof as used herein, encompass all compounds that satisfy Formula I, including any enantiomers, racemates, and stereoisomers, as well as all pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds.
A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" of a compound recited herein is an acid or base salt that is suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings or animals without excessive toxicity carcinogenicity, and preferably without irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication. Such salts include mineral and organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines, as well as alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids. Specific pharmaceutical salts include, but are not limited to, salts of acids such as hydrochloric, phosphoric, hydrobromic, malic, glycolic, fumaric, sulfuric, sulfamic, sulfanilic, formic, toluenesulfonic, methanesulfonic, benzene sulfonic, ethane disulfonic, 2-hydroxyethylsulfonic, nitric, benzoic, 2-acetoxybenzoic, citric, tartaric, lactic, stearic, salicylic, glutamic, ascorbic, pamoic, succinic, fumaric, maleic, propionic, hydroxymaleic, hydroiodic, phenylacetic, alkanoic such as acetic, HOOC-(CH2)n-COOH where n is 0-4, and the like. Similarly, pharmaceutically acceptable cations include, but are not limited to sodium, potassium, calcium, aluminum, lithium, and ammonium. Those of ordinary skill in the art will recognize further pharmaceutically acceptable salts for the compounds provided herein, including those listed by Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, PA, p. 1418 (1985). In general, a pharmaceutically acceptable acid or base salt can be synthesized from a parent compound that contains a basic or acidic moiety by any conventional chemical method. Briefly, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, the use of nonaqueous media, such as ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile, is preferred. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the aryl substituted 8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and analogues thereof disclosed herein are a preferred compound form.
It will be apparent that each compound of Formula I may, but need not, be formulated as a hydrate, solvate or non-covalent complex. In addition, the various crystal forms and polymorphs are within the scope of the present invention. Also provided herein are prodrugs of the compounds of Formula I. A "prodrug" is a compound that may not fully satisfy the structural requirements of the compounds provided herein, but is modified in vivo, following administration to a patient, to produce
a compound of Formula I. For example, a prodrug may be an acylated derivative of a compound as provided herein. Prodrugs include compounds wherein hydroxy, amine or sulfhydryl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, amino or sulfhydryl group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate, and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and amine functional groups within the compounds provided herein. Prodrugs of the compounds provided herein may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved in vivo to yield the parent compounds.
As used herein, the term "alkyl" refers to a straight chain or branched chain saturated aliphatic hydrocarbon. An alkyl group may be bonded to an atom within a molecule of interest via any chemically suitable portion. Alkyl groups include groups having from 1 to 8 carbon atoms (C]- C8alkyl), from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (Ci-C6alkyl), and from 1 to 4 carbon atoms (Ci-C4alkyl), such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, 2-pentyl, isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, and 3-methylpentyl. "C0-Cnalkyl" refers to a single covalent bond (C0) or an alkyl group having from 1 to n carbon atoms. For example "Co-C6alkyl" refers to a single covalent bond or a Ci-Cβalkyl group.
Similarly, "alkenyl" refers to straight or branched chain alkene groups, in which at least one unsaturated carbon-carbon double bond is present. Alkenyl groups include C2-C8alkenyl, C2- Cβalkenyl, and C2-C4alkenyl groups, which have from 2 to 8, 2 to 6, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively, such as ethenyl, allyl, or isopropenyl. "Alkynyl" refers to straight or branched chain alkyne groups, which have one or more unsaturated carbon-carbon bonds, at least one of which is a triple bond. Alkynyl groups include C2-C3alkynyl, C2-C6alkynyl, and C2-C4alkynyl groups, which have from 2 to 8, 2 to 6, or 2 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively. Alkenyl and alkynyl groups may be straight or branched chain. By "alkoxy," as used herein, is meant an alkyl group as described above attached via an oxygen bridge. Alkoxy groups include Ci-C8alkoxy, Ci-C6alkoxy, and Ci-C4alkoxy groups, which have from 1 to 8, 1 to 6, or 1 to 4 carbon atoms, respectively. Alkoxy groups include, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, isopropoxy, n-butoxy, sec-butoxy, tert-butoxy, n-pentoxy, 2-pentoxy, 3- pentoxy, isopentoxy, neopentoxy, hexoxy, 2-hexoxy, 3-hexoxy, and 3-methylpentoxy. Similarly, "alkylthio" refers to an alkyl group as described above attached via a sulfur bridge and "alkylsufonyl" refers to an alkyl groups as described above attached via an -(SO2)- bridge.
An "(alkoxy)alkyl" group is an alkoxy group as described above attached via an oxygen bridge to an alkyl group, as described above, attached via a single covalent bond of the alkyl carbon.
As used herein the term "alkoxycarbonyl" indicates an alkoxy group, as defined above, having the indicated number of carbon atoms, attached through a keto (-(C=O)-) bridge. The alkoxy moiety of the alkoxycarbonyl group has the indicated number of carbon atoms; the carbon of the keto bridge is not included in this number. C3alkoxycarbonyl group indicates for example, groups of the formula CH3(CH2)2-O-(C=O)- or (CH3MCH)-O-(C=O)-.
"Alkanoyl" indicates an alkyl group as defined above, attached through a keto (-(C=O)-) bridge. Alkanoyl groups have the indicated number of carbon atoms, with the carbon of the keto group being included in the numbered carbon atoms. For example a C2alkanoyl group is an acetyl group having the formula CH3(C=O)-. "Alkanoylamino" indicates and alkanoyl group as defined above attached through an amino linker, e.g. a group of the formula CH3(C=O)NH-.
"Alkylamino" refers to a secondary or tertiary amine having the general structure -NH(alkyl) or -N(alkyl)(alkyl), wherein each alkyl may be the same or different. Such groups include, for example, mono- and di-(C1-C8alkyl)amino groups, in which each alkyl is straight or branched and may be the same or different and contains the indicated number of carbon atoms, for example from 1 to 8 carbon atoms, from 1 to 6 carbon atoms, or from 1 to 4 carbon atoms, from as well as mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)amino groups and mono- and di-(C1-C4alkyl)amino groups.
"Alkylaminoalkyl" refers to an alkylamino group linked via an alkyl group (i.e., a group having the general structure -alkyl- NH-alkyl or -alkyl-N(alkyl)(alkyl)) in which each alkyl is selected independently. Such groups include, for example, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCi- C6alkyl and mono- and di-(Ci-C4alkyl)aminoCi-C4alkyl, in which each alkyl may be the same or different, and is straight or branched. "Mono- or di-(C1-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl" refers to a mono- or di-(CrC6alkyl)amino group linked via a single covalent bond or a Q-Cβalkyl group. The following are representative alkylaminoalkyl groups:
As used herein the term "mono- and/ or di-alkylcarboxamide" refers to groups of formula (alkyli)-NH-(C=O)- and (alkyl1)(alkyl2)-N-(C=O)- in which the alkyli and alkyl2 groups are independently chosen alkyl groups as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms. "Carboxamide" is a group of the formula -(C=O)NH2. "Alkyl ether" indicates an alkyl group as described herein attached via an oxygen linker to another alkyl group.
"Alkyloxime" is an alkyl group as described above attached via a -(C=NOH)- linker.
The term "oxo," as used herein, refers to a keto (C=O) group. An oxo group that is a substituent of a nonaromatic carbon atom results in a conversion of -CH2- to -C(=O)— . When an aromatic moiety is substituted with an oxo group, the aromatic ring is replaced with the corresponding partially unsaturated ring. For example, a pyridyl group substituted with oxo is a pyridone. As used herein the term "mono- and/ or di-alkylsulfonamide" refers to groups of formula
CaUCyIj)-NH-(SO2)- and (alkyl1)(alkyl2)-N-(SO2)- in which the alkyli and alkyl2 groups are independently chosen alkyl groups as defined above having the indicated number of carbon atoms.
As used herein the term "alkylsulfonyl" refers to a substituent of the formula (alkyl)-SO2- in which the alkyl group has the indicated number of carbon atoms, and the point of attachment is on the sulfur atom.
"Aminoalkyl" is an alkyl group as defined above substituted with at least one amino substituent. When indicated an aminoalkyl group may be further substituted with additional amino or non-amino substituent.
As used herein, the term "aryl" indicates aromatic groups containing only carbon in the aromatic ring or rings. Such aromatic groups may be further substituted with carbon or non-carbon atoms or groups. Typical aryl groups contain 1 or 2 separate, fused, or pendant rings and from 6 to about 12 ring atoms, without heteroatoms as ring members. Where indicated aryl groups may be substituted. Such substitution may include fusion to a 5 to 7-membered saturated cyclic group that optionally contains 1 or 2 heteroatoms independently chosen from N, O, and S, to form, for example, a 3,4-methylenedioxy-phenyl group. Aryl groups include, for example, phenyl, naphthyl, including 1- naphthyl and 2-naphthyl, and bi-phenyl.
In the term "(aryl)alkyl", aryl and alkyl are as defined above, and the point of attachment is on the alkyl group. For example (phenyl)C0-C2alkyl indicates a phenyl group indicates a phenyl group that is directly attached via a single covalent bond ((phenyl)Coalkyl) or attached through an alkyl group having from 1 to about 2 carbon atoms. Similarly an aryl group may be attached through other linker groups, for example included herein are arylCi-C6alkanoylamino and (aryl)alkoxy groups, in which aryl carries the definition set forth above, and is attached via the indicated linker group.
A "carbocycle" has from 1 to 3 fused, pendant, or spiro rings, containing only carbon ring members. Typically, a heterocyclic ring comprises contains from 3 to 8 ring members (rings having from 4 or 5 to 7 ring members are recited in certain embodiments) and carbocycles comprising fused, pendant, or spiro rings typically contain from 9 to 14 ring members. Carbocycles may be optionally substituted with a variety of substituents, as indicated. Unless otherwise specified, a carbocycle may be a cycloalkyl group {i.e., each ring is saturated), a partially saturated group, or an aryl group {i.e., at least one ring within the group is aromatic). A carbocyclic group may generally be linked via any ring or substituent atom, provided that a stable compound results. Certain carbocyclic groups are 4-
to 7-membered or 5- to 7-membered groups that are optionally substituted. Representative aromatic carbocycles are phenyl, naphthyl and biphenyl. In certain embodiments preferred carbocycles are carbocycles having a single ring, such as phenyl and 3- to 7- membered cycloalkyl groups.
A carbocycle may be directly attached or attached via an indicated linker group. For example (carbocycle)alkyl, (carbocycle)alkoxy, and (carbocycle)alkylamino substituents are present in some embodiments described herein. In each case "carbocycle" carries the definition set forth above and is covalently bound to the indicated linker group, which carries the definition set forth above.
A "cycloalkyl" group is a carbocycle as described above, which is fully saturated. In certain embodiments preferred cycloalkyl groups are 3- to 7-membered cycloalkyl groups having a single saturated ring, e.g. cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, and cyclohexyl. A "cycloalkylC0-Cnalkyl" is a cycloalkyl group linked via a single covalent bond or a Ci-Cnalkyl group, e.g. a Ci-C4alkyl group. Similarly a "cycloalkenyl" group is a 3- to 7- membered carbocycle having at least one carbon-carbon double bond, but which is not fully aromatic, e.g. a cycloalkenyl group.
The term "halogen" refers to fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine. A "haloalkyl" is a branched or straight-chain alkyl group, substituted with 1 or more halogen atoms {e.g., "haloQ-Cβalkyl" groups have from 1 to 6 carbon atoms; "haloC1-C4alkyl" groups have from 1 to 4 carbon atoms). Examples of haloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, mono-, di-, or trifluoromethyl; mono-, di-, or trichloromethyl; mono-, di-, tri-, tetra-, or pentafluoroethyl; mono-, di-, tri-, tetra- or pentachloroethyl; and 1, 2,2,2 -tetrafluoro-l-trifluoromethyl-ethyl. Typical haloalkyl groups are trifluoromethyl and difluoromethyl.
"Haloalkoxy" indicates a haloalkyl group as defined above attached through an oxygen bridge. "haloCi-C6alkoxy" groups have from 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
As used herein "hydroxyalkyl" is an alkyl group as defined herein, having the indicated number of carbon atoms, and substituted with at least one hydroxyl substituent (-OH). When indicated, hydroxyalkyl groups, like other groups described herein, may be additionally substituted.
A dash ("-") that is not between two letters or symbols is used to indicate a point of attachment for a substituent. For example, -CONH2 is attached through the carbon atom.
A "heteroatom," as used herein, is oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen.
A "heterocycle" has from 1 to 3 fused, pendant, or spiro rings, at least one of which is a heterocyclic ring {i.e., one or more ring atoms is a heteroatom, with the remaining ring atoms being carbon). Typically, a heterocyclic ring comprises 1, 2, 3, or 4 heteroatoms; within certain embodiments each heterocyclic ring has 1 or 2 heteroatoms per ring. Each heterocyclic ring generally contains from 3 to 8 ring members (rings having from 4 or 5 to 7 ring members are recited in certain embodiments) and heterocycles comprising fused, pendant, or spiro rings typically contain from 9 to 14 ring members. Certain heterocycles comprise a sulfur atom as a ring member; in certain
embodiments the sulfur atom is oxidized to SO or SO2. Heterocycles may be optionally substituted with a variety of substituents, as indicated. Unless otherwise specified, a heterocycle may be a heterocycloalkyl group (i.e., each ring is saturated), a partially saturated group, or a heteroaryl group (i.e., at least one ring within the group is aromatic). A heterocyclic group may generally be linked via any ring or substituent atom, provided that a stable compound results. N-linked heterocyclic groups are linked via a component nitrogen atom. Certain heterocyclic groups are 4- to 7-membered or 5- to 7-membered groups that are optionally substituted. 4-to 7-membered heterocycloalkyl groups include, for example, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, azepanyl, morpholino, thiomorpholino, and l,l-dioxo-thiomorpholin-4-yl. Such groups may be substituted as indicated. Representative aromatic heterocycles are azocinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidyl, imidazolyl, and tetrazolyl.
In certain embodiments preferred heterocycles are 5- to 7-membered heterocycle having a single saturated, partially unsaturated or aromatic heterocyclic ring with 5 to 7 ring members, 1 or 2 ring members independently chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring members being carbon.
A heterocycle may be directly attached or attached via an indicated linker group. For example (heterocycle)alkyl, (heterocycle)alkoxy, and (heterocycle)alkylamino substituents are present in some embodiments described herein. In each case, "heterocycle" carries the definition set forth above and is covalently bound to the indicated linker group, which carries the definition set forth above.
As used herein, "heteroaryl" indicates a stable 5- to 7-membered monocyclic aromatic ring which contains from 1 to 3, or preferably from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon or a stable bicyclic or tricyclic system containing at least one 5- to 7-membered aromatic ring which contains from 1 to 3, or preferably from 1 to 2, heteroatoms chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring atoms being carbon. When the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group exceeds 1, these heteroatoms are not adjacent to one another. It is preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the heteroaryl group is not more than 2. It is particularly preferred that the total number of S and O atoms in the aromatic heterocycle is not more than 1. Examples of heteroaryl groups include, but are not limited to, oxazolyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrazolopyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, pyridizinyl, pyridyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrrolyl, quinolinyl, tetrazolyl, thiazolyl, thienylpyrazolyl, thiophenyl, triazolyl, benzo[d]oxazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiazolyl, benzothiophenyl, benzoxadiazolyl, dihydrobenzodioxynyl, furanyl, imidazolyl, indolyl, and isoxazolyl.
A "heterocyclolalkyl" group is a heterocycle as described above, which is fully saturated. In certain embodiments preferred heterocycloalkyl groups have a single saturated ring with 5 to 7 ring members, 1 or 2 ring members independently chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring members being carbon. A "heterocycloalkylC0-Cnalkyl" is a heterocycloalkyl group linked via a single covalent
bond or CrCnalkyl group, e.g., a Ci-C4alkyl group. Similarly a "heterocycloalkenyl" group is a 5- to 7-membered heterocycle having a single ring that contains at least one carbon-carbon, carbon- nitrogen, or nitrogen-nitrogen double bond, but which is not fully aromatic, with 1 or 2 ring members independently chosen from N, O, and S, with remaining ring members being carbon. A "substituent," as used herein, refers to a molecular moiety that is covalently bonded to an atom within a molecule of interest. For example, a ring substituent may be a moiety such as a halogen, alkyl group, haloalkyl group or other group discussed herein that is covalently bonded to an atom (preferably a carbon or nitrogen atom) that is a ring member. Substituents or aromatic groups are generally covalently bonded to a ring carbon atom. The term "substitution" refers to replacing a hydrogen atom in a molecular structure with a substituent, such that the valence on the designated atom is not exceeded, and such that a chemically stable compound (i.e., a compound that can be isolated, characterized and tested for biological activity) results from the substitution.
Groups that are "optionally substituted" are unsubstituted or are substituted by other than hydrogen at one or more available positions, typically 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 positions, by one or more suitable groups (which may be the same or different). Such optional substituents include, for example, hydroxy, halogen, cyano, nitro, Ci-C8alkyl, C2-C8alkenyl, C2-C8alkynyl, CVCgalkoxy, C2-C8alkyl ether, C3-C8alkanone, Ci-C8alkylthio, amino, mono- or di^Q-Csalkytyamino, Ci-C8haloalkyl, Q- C8haloalkoxy, Cx-Qalkanoyl, C2-C8alkanoyloxy, Q-Csalkoxycarbonyl, -COOH, -CONH2, mono- or di-(Ci-C8alkyl)aminocarbonyl, -SO2NH2, and/or mono or di(Ci-C3alkyl)sulfonamide, as well as carbocyclic and heterocyclic groups. Optional substitution is also indicated by the phrase "substituted with 0 to X substituents," where X is the maximum number of possible substituents. Certain optionally substituted groups are substituted with from 0 to 2, 3 or 4 independently selected substituents {i.e., are unsubstituted or substituted with up to the recited maximum number of substitutents). The term "MCH receptor" refers to any naturally-occurring mammalian (especially human, monkey, or canine) MCH type 1 or type 2 receptor, as well as chimeric receptors in which one or more domains of a naturally-occurring MCHlR or MCH2R are replaced with a corresponding domain of a different G protein-coupled receptor, such that the ability of the chimeric receptor to bind MCH and mediate a dose-dependent release of intracellular calcium is not diminished. MCH receptors for use within the various assays and other methods described herein include, for example, recombinantly expressed human MCH receptor (e.g., Genbank Accession No. Z86090; SEQ ID NO:29 of U.S. Patent Application Publication Number 2003/0148457), monkey MCH receptor {e.g., SEQ ID NO:2, 34 or 36 of U.S. Patent Application Publication Number 2003/0114644) or canine MCH receptor {e.g., SEQ ID NO:39 of U.S. Patent Application Publication Number 2003/0114644). Chimeric MCH
receptors that may be used as described herein include, for example, those disclosed in U.S. Patent Application Publication Numbers 2003/0114644 and 2003/0148457.
A "MCH receptor modulator," also referred to herein as a "modulator," is a compound that alters (increases or decreases) MCH receptor activation and/or MCH receptor-mediated signal transduction. MCH receptor modulators specifically provided herein are aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives. A modulator may be a MCH receptor agonist or antagonist. In certain embodiments, a modulator may exhibit an EC50 or IC50 at MCH receptor that is less than 1 micromolar, 500 nM, 200 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM or 10 nM in a standard calcium mobilization assay (as described in Example 13, herein) and/or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma35S binding assay (as described in Example 11, herein). A modulator may be a MCH receptor agonist or antagonist, although, for certain purposes described herein, a modulator preferably inhibits MCH receptor activation resulting from binding of MCH {i.e., the modulator is an antagonist).
A MCH receptor modulator binds with "high affinity" if the K; at a MCH receptor is less than 1 micromolar, preferably less than 500 nanomolar, 100 nanomolar, or 10 nanomolar. A modulator binds "specifically" to MCH receptor if it binds to a MCH receptor (total binding minus nonspecific binding) with a K; that is 10-fold, preferably 100-fold, and more preferably 1000-fold, less than the K; measured for modulator binding to other G protein-coupled receptors. For example, a modulator may have a IQ of 500 nanomolar or less in an MCH receptor ligand binding assay and a K; of at least 1 micromolar in a dopamine receptor ligand binding assay, such as the assay described in Example 7 (pages 111-112) of PCT International Publication Number WO 02/094799, which is hereby incorporated by reference. Representative assays for determining Kj at MCH receptor are provided in Examples 9 and 12, herein.
A modulator is considered an "antagonist" if it detectably inhibits MCH binding to MCH receptor and/or MCH-mediated signal transduction (using, for example, the representative assay provided in Example 9 or Example 12). In general, such an antagonist has an IC50 value of less than 1 micromolar, preferably less than 100 nanomolar, and more preferably less than 10 nanomolar within the assay provided in Example 9 and/ or the assay provided in Example 12. MCH receptor antagonists include neutral antagonists and inverse agonists.
An "inverse agonist" is a compound that reduces the activity of MCH receptor below its basal activity level in the absence of added ligand. Inverse agonists may also inhibit the activity of MCH at MCH receptor, and/or may also inhibit binding of MCH to MCH receptor. The ability of a compound to inhibit the binding of MCH to MCH receptor may be measured by a binding assay, such as the binding assay given in Examples 9 or 12. The basal activity of MCH receptor, as well as the reduction in MCH receptor activity due to the presence of antagonist, may be determined from a
calcium mobilization assay, such as the assay of Example 13, or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma35S binding assay, such as the assay described in Example 11.
A "neutral antagonist" of MCH receptor is a compound that inhibits the activity of MCH at MCH receptor, but does not significantly change the basal activity of the receptor (e.g., within an assay as described in Example 11 or Example 13 performed in the absence of ligand, MCH receptor activity is reduced by no more than 10%, more preferably by no more than 5%, and even more preferably by no more than 2%; most preferably, there is no detectable reduction in activity). Neutral antagonists may also inhibit ligand binding to MCH receptor.
As used herein, a "MCH receptor agonist" is a compound that elevates the activity of the receptor above the basal activity level of the receptor (i.e., enhances MCH receptor activation and/or MCH receptor-mediated signal transduction). MCH receptor agonist activity may be identified using the representative assays provided in Examples 11 and 13. In general, such an agonist has an EC50 value of less than 1 micromolar, preferably less than 100 nanomolar, and more preferably less than 10 nanomolar within one or both of the assays provided in Examples 11 and 13. A "therapeutically effective amount" (or dose) is an amount that, upon administration, is sufficient to provide a discernible patient benefit. For example, a therapeutically effective amount may reduce symptom severity or frequency, or to result in detectable weight loss. Alternatively, or in addition, a therapeutically effective amount may improve patient status or outcome and/or prevent or delay disease or symptom onset. A therapeutically effective amount or dose generally results in a concentration of compound in a body fluid (such as blood, plasma, serum, CSF, synovial fluid, lymph, cellular interstitial fluid, tears or urine) that is sufficient to alter the binding of ligand to MCH receptor in vitro (using the assay provided in Example 9 or Example 12) and/or MCH-mediated signal transduction (using an assay provided in Example 11 or Example 13).
A "disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation," as used herein is any condition that is characterized by inappropriate stimulation of MCH receptor, regardless of the amount of MCH present locally, and/or that is responsive to modulation of MCH receptor activity (i.e., the condition or a symptom thereof is alleviated by such modulation). Such conditions include, for example, metabolic disorders (such as diabetes), heart disease, stroke, eating disorders (such as obesity and bulimia nervosa) and sexual disorders such as anorgasmic and psychogenic impotence, as well as other diseases and disorders recited herein.
A "patient" is any individual treated with a MCH modulator as provided herein. Patients include humans, as well as other animals such as companion animals (e.g., dogs and cats) and livestock. Patients may be experiencing one or more symptoms of a condition responsive to MCH receptor modulation, or may be free of such symptom(s) (i.e., treatment may be prophylactic).
MELANIN CONCENTRATING HORMONE RECEPTOR MODULATORS
As noted above, the present invention provides and comprises aryl substituted 8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds and analogues thereof of Formula I described above, as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof,
Formula I
Additionally compounds and salts of Formula I in which one or more of the following conditions are met are provided herein: i. W is absent; e.g. compounds and salts of Formula II are provided herein:
Formula II.
ii. W is CR5Rg; e.g. compounds and salts of Formula III are provided herein:
Formula III.
iii. R5 and R6 are independently hydrogen or methyl. iv. R5 and R6 are taken together to form an oxo group, e.g compounds and salts of Formula IV are provided herein:
Formula IV.
v. One and only one OfY1, Y2, Y3, Y4 and Y5 is nitrogen.
vi. One of Y1, Y4, and Y5 is nitrogen. vii. Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, and Y5 are all CRi, e.g., compounds and salts of Formula V and Formula VI are provided herein:
Formula V Formula VI
viii. Each R1 is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Q- C4alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, C1-C4alkoxy, haloCrC2alkyl, haloCrQalkoxy, hydroxyQ-Qalkyl, C1- C4alkylthio, aminoC]-C6alkyl, mono- or di-(C1-C4alkyl)amino, or (C3-C7cycloalkyl)Co-C2alkyl. ix. Each R1 is independently hydrogen, halogen, CrC2alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, Ci-C2alkoxy, haloQ-Qalkyl, or haloC1-C2alkoxy. x. Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, and Y5 are all CR1; and the R1 Of Y1, Y4, and Y5 are all hydrogen, e.g. compounds and salts of Formula VII and Formula VlH are provided herein:
Formula VII Formula VDI
xi. R1 of Y2 is halogen, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl, and Ri of Y3 is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl. xii. R1 of Y2 is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl, and
R1 of Y3 is halogen, methyl, methoxy, or trifluoromethyl. xiii. R1 OfY2 is methoxy or trifluoromethyl, and R1 of Y3 is chloro. xiv. R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen or methyl. xv. R2 and R3 are both hydrogen. xvi. R2 is joined with R3 to form an oxo group. xvii. R4 is hydrogen, hydroxy, amino, -NHCHO, or C2alkanoylamino. xviii. R4 hydroxy.
xix. P is nitrogen or CR7; Q is CR8; U is CR9; T is CRi0; and X is CRn, e.g. compounds and salts of Foπnula DC are provided herein
Formula IX.
XX. P is CR7; Q is nitrogen; U is CR9; T is CR10; and X is CRn, e.g. compounds and salts of Foπnula X are provided herein:
Formula X.
xxi. P is CR7; Q is CR8; U is nitrogen; T is CRi0; and X is CRn, e.g. compounds and salts of Formula XI are provided herein:
Formula XI
xxii. P is CR7; Q is CR8; U is CR9; T is nitrogen; and X is CRn, e.g. compounds and salts of Formula XII are provided herein:
Formula XII
xxiii. P is CR7; Q is CR8; U is CR9; T is CRi0; and X is CR11, e.g. compounds and salts of Formula XHI are provided herein:
Formula Xm.
xxiv. R7, R8, R9, and R10 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, Q-C6alkyl, Q- C6alkoxy, mono- or di-Q-C6alkylamino, haloQ-C2alkyl, or haloCrC2alkoxy. xxv. R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, Ci-C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; and R9 and R10 are hydrogen. xxvi. R7 and R8 are both methyl. xxvii. Rn is a group of the formula -L-G. xxviii. G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloQ-Cβalkyl, aminoCi-C6alkyl, or a 5- to 10-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
G is further substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from
(a) oxo, hydroxy, cyano, -COOH, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H, -SO2NH2, and imino,
(b) (C1-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C3alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, Q- C6alkylsulfonyl, Q-C6alkylthio, Q-Cβalkylsulfonamide, Q-C6alkoxycarbonyl, C2-C6alkanoylamino, mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylcarboxamide, and Q-C6alkyloxime, each of which (b) is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, (Q- C4alkoxy)Co-C4alkyl, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Q- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy, and (c) (carbocycle)C0-C6alkyl, (heterocycle)C0-C6alkyl, (carbocycle)C0-C6alkoxy,
(heterocycle)C0-C6alkoxy, (carbocycle)C0-C6alkylamino, and (heterocycle)C0-C6alkylamino, wherein the carbocycle is phenyl, naphthyl, Q-C7cycloalkyl, or C3-C7cycloalkenyl, and the heterocycle is pyrrolidinyl, tefrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyπ-olyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, or benzimidazolyl; each of which (c) are substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-C6alkyl, (Q- C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Q-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Q-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloQ-C2alkoxy. xxix. L is -0-.
xxx. G is Ci-C6alkyl, each of which is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
G is further substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from (a) oxo, hydroxy, cyano, -COOH, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H, (b) Ci-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Q-C6alkyl)amino, Ci-C6alkylsulfonyl, Q-C6alkylthio, Q-
C6alkylsulfonamide, Q-C6alkoxycarbonyl, and C2-C6alkanoylamino, each of which (b) is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, (Q- C4alkoxy)C0-C4alkyl, mono- and di-Q-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Q- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloQ-Qalkoxy, and (c) (carbocycle)Co-C6alkyl and (heterocycle)C0-C6alkyl, wherein the carbocycle is phenyl, naphthyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, or C3-C7cycloalkenyl, and the heterocycle is pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl or, pyrazinyl, each of which (c) are substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C4alkyl, Q-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C4alkyl)amino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3- C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCrC2alkoxy. xxxi. G is Ci-C4alkyl. xxxii. G is Q-C6alkyl substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from
(a) oxo, hydroxy, -(C=O)NH2, and -NH(C=O)H, and (b) Q-Qalkoxy, mono- and (Ji-(C1- C4alkyl)amino, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, and C2-C4alkanoylamino, each of which (b) is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, CrC2alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCrC2alkoxy. xxxiii. G is Q-C6alkyl substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from (carbocycle)C0-C6alkyl and (heterocycle)Co-C6alkyl, wherein the carbocycle is phenyl or C3- C7cycloalkyl, and the heterocycle is pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyrazinyl, each of which (carbocycle)C0-C6alkyl and (heterocycle)C0-C6alkyl is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, Q- C2alkoxy, mono- and di-Ci-C4alkylamino, haloQ-C2alkyl, and haloQ-C2alkoxy. xxxiv. Rn is taken together with R8 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle; which is substituted with O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-C6alkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Q-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-Qcycloalkyl, Q-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloQ-C2alkyl, and haloQ-C2alkoxy.
xxxv Ri i is taken together with R8 to form a fused 5 or 6 membered heterocycloalkyl πng having 1 or 2 oxygen atoms; which is substituted with 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, methyl, and methoxy xxxvi. Rn is taken together with R8 to form a fused 5 or 6 membered heterocycloalkyl πng having 1 or 2 oxygen atoms; which is substituted with 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, methyl, and methoxy and R7, R9, and R]0 are independently hydrogen or methyl
Representative compounds of Formulas I-XIII include, but are not limited to, those specifically descπbed in Examples 1-7 It will be apparent that the compounds recited therein are representative only, and are not intended to limit the scope of the present invention. Further, as noted above, all compounds of the present invention may be present as a pharmaceutically acceptable form, such as a hydrate, free base, or acid addition salt
Certain aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3 2 l]octane compounds and analogues thereof provided herein detectably alter (modulate) MCH binding to MCHRl and/or MCHR2 receptor, as determined using a standard in vitro MCH receptor binding assay and/or calcium mobilization assay. References herein and in the claims to a "MCH receptor ligand binding assay" refer to either of the standard in vitro receptor binding assay provided in Examples 9 and 12. Withm such assays, the receptor is incubated with labeled MCH (or other suitable ligand) and a test compound. A test compound that detectably modulates binding of ligand to MCH receptor will result in a decrease or increase in the amount of label bound to the MCH receptor preparation, relative to the amount of label bound in the absence of the compound Preferably, such a compound will exhibit a K1 at an MCH receptor that is less than 1 micromolar, more preferably less than 500 nM, 100 nM, 20 nM or 10 nM, within an assay performed as descπbed in Example 9 and/or within an assay performed as descπbed in Example 12. Certain preferred compounds are MCH receptor antagonists, and exhibit IC50 values of about 4 micromolar or less, more preferably 1 micromolar or less, still more preferably about 100 nanomolar or less, or 10 nanomolar or less within a standard in vitro MCH receptor mediated calcium mobilization assay, as provided in Example 13 and/or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma35S binding assay, as described in Example 11.
If desired, MCH receptor modulators provided herein may be evaluated for certain pharmacological properties including, but not limited to, oral bioavailability (preferred compounds are orally bioavailable to an extent allowing for therapeutically effective concentrations of the compound to be achieved at oral doses of less than 140 mg/kg, preferably less than 50 mg/kg, more preferably less than 30 mg/kg, even more preferably less than 10 mg/kg, still more preferably less than 1 mg/kg), toxicity (a preferred MCH receptor modulator is nontoxic when a therapeutically effective amount is administered to a subject), side effects (a preferred MCH receptor modulator produces side effects
comparable to placebo when a therapeutically effective amount of the compound is administered to a subject), serum protein binding and in vitro and in vivo half-life (a preferred MCH receptor modulator exhibits an in vitro half-life that is equal to an in vivo half-life allowing for Q.I.D. dosing, preferably T.I.D. dosing, more preferably B.I.D. dosing, and most preferably once-a-day dosing). In addition, differential penetration of the blood brain barrier may be desirable for MCH receptor modulators used to treat CNS disorders, while low brain levels of MCH receptor modulators used to treat peripheral disorders are preferred. Routine assays that are well known in the art may be used to assess these properties and identify superior compounds for a particular use. For example, assays used to predict bioavailability include transport across human intestinal cell monolayers, including Caco-2 cell monolayers. Penetration of the blood brain barrier of a compound in humans may be predicted from the brain levels of the compound in laboratory animals given the compound (e.g., intravenously). Serum protein binding may be predicted from albumin binding assays. Compound half-life is inversely proportional to the frequency of dosage of a compound. In vitro half-lives of compounds may be predicted from assays of microsomal half-life as described within Example 15, herein. As noted above, preferred MCH receptor modulators provided herein are nontoxic. In general, the term "nontoxic" as used herein shall be understood in a relative sense and is intended to refer to any substance that has been approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration ("FDA") for administration to mammals (preferably humans) or, in keeping with established criteria, is susceptible to approval by the FDA for administration to mammals (preferably humans). In addition, a highly preferred nontoxic compound generally satisfies one or more of the following criteria when administered in minimum therapeutically effective amounts, or when contacted with cells at a concentration that is sufficient to inhibit the binding of MCH receptor ligand to MCH receptor in vitro : (1) does not substantially inhibit cellular ATP production; (2) does not significantly prolong heart QT intervals; (3) does not cause substantial liver enlargement and (4) does not cause substantial release of liver enzymes.
[0100] As used herein, a compound that does not substantially inhibit cellular ATP production is a compound that satisfies the criteria set forth in Example 14, herein. In other words, cells treated as described in Example 14 with 100 μM of such a compound exhibit ATP levels that are at least 50% of the ATP levels detected in untreated cells. In more highly preferred embodiments, such cells exhibit ATP levels that are at least 80% of the ATP levels detected in untreated cells. The concentration of compound used in such assays is generally at least 10-fold, 100-fold or 1000-fold greater than the EC50 or IC50 for the modulator in the assay of Example 11 or 13.
A compound that does not significantly prolong heart QT intervals is a compound that does not result in a statistically significant prolongation of heart QT intervals (as determined by electrocardiography) in guinea pigs, minipigs or dogs upon administration of a dose that yields a
serum concentration equal to the EC50 or IC50 for the compound. In certain preferred embodiments, a dose of 0.01, 0.05, 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 40 or 50 mg/kg administered parenterally or orally does not result in a statistically significant prolongation of heart QT intervals. By "statistically significant" is meant results varying from control at the p<0.1 level or more preferably at the p<0.05 level of significance as measured using a standard parametric assay of statistical significance such as a student's T test.
A compound does not cause substantial liver enlargement if daily treatment of laboratory rodents (e.g., mice or rats) for 5-10 days with a dose that yields a serum concentration equal to the EC50 or ICso for the compound results in an increase in liver to body weight ratio that is no more than 100% over matched controls. In more highly preferred embodiments, such doses do not cause liver enlargement of more than 75% or 50% over matched controls. If non-rodent mammals (e.g., dogs) are used, such doses should not result in an increase of liver to body weight ratio of more than 50%, preferably not more than 25%, and more preferably not more than 10% over matched untreated controls. Preferred doses within such assays include 0.01, 0.05. 0.1, 0.5, 1, 5, 10, 40 or 50 mg/kg administered parenterally or orally. Similarly, a compound does not promote substantial release of liver enzymes if administration of twice the minimum dose that yields a serum concentration equal to the EC50 or IC50 for the compound does not elevate serum levels of ALT, LDH or AST in laboratory rodents by more than 100% over matched mock-treated controls. In more preferred embodiments, such doses do not elevate such serum levels by more than 75% or 50% over matched controls. Alternatively, compound does not promote substantial release of liver enzymes if, in an in vitro hepatocyte assay, concentrations (in culture media or other such solutions that are contacted and incubated with hepatocytes in vitro) that are equal to the EC50 or IC50 for the compound do not cause detectable release of any of such liver enzymes into culture medium above baseline levels seen in media from matched mock-treated control cells. In more highly preferred embodiments, there is no detectable release of any of such liver enzymes into culture medium above baseline levels when such compound concentrations are five-fold, and preferably ten-fold the EC50 or IC50 for the compound.
In other embodiments, certain preferred compounds do not inhibit or induce microsomal cytochrome P450 enzyme activities, such as CYP 1A2 activity, CYP2A6 activity, CYP2C9 activity, CYP2C19 activity, CYP2D6 activity, CYP2E1 activity or CYP3A4 activity at a concentration equal to the EC50 or IC50 for the compound.
Certain preferred compounds are not clastogenic (e.g., as determined using a mouse erythrocyte precursor cell micronucleus assay, an Ames micronucleus assay, a spiral micronucleus assay or the like) at a concentration equal the EC50 or IC50 for the compound. In other embodiments, certain preferred MCH receptor modulators do not induce sister chromatid exchange (e.g., in Chinese hamster ovary cells) at such concentrations.
For detection purposes, as discussed in more detail below, MCH receptor modulators provided herein may be isotopically-labeled or radiolabeled. For example, compounds of Formula I may have one or more atoms replaced by an atom of the same element having an atomic mass or mass number different from the atomic mass or mass number usually found in nature. Examples of isotopes that can be present in the compounds provided herein include isotopes of hydrogen, carbon, nitrogen, oxygen, phosphorous, fluorine and chlorine, such as 2H, 3H, 11C, 13C, 14C, 15N, 18O, 170, 31P, 32P, 35S, 18F and 36Cl. In addition, substitution with heavy isotopes such as deuterium (i.e., 2H) can afford certain therapeutic advantages resulting from greater metabolic stability, for example increased in vivo half-life or reduced dosage requirements and, hence, may be preferred in some circumstances.
PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS
Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives can be administered as the neat chemical, but are preferably administered as a pharmaceutical composition comprising such a compound, together with at least one physiologically acceptable carrier or excipient. Representative carriers include, for example, water, buffers (e.g., neutral buffered saline or phosphate buffered saline), ethanol, mineral oil, vegetable oil, dimethylsulfoxide, carbohydrates (e.g., glucose, mannose, sucrose or dextrans), mannitol and proteins. Additional optional components include, adjuvants, diluents, polypeptides or amino acids such as glycine, antioxidants, chelating agents such as EDTA or glutathione and/or preservatives. Preferred pharmaceutical compositions are formulated for oral delivery to humans or other animals (e.g., companion animals such as dogs).
Pharmaceutical carriers must be of sufficiently high purity and sufficiently low toxicity to render them suitable for administration to the animal being treated. The carrier can be inert or it can possess pharmaceutical benefits. The amount of carrier employed in conjunction with the compound is sufficient to provide a practical quantity of material for administration per unit dose of the compound. Representative pharmaceutically acceptable carriers or components thereof are sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and methyl cellulose; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; solid lubricants, such as stearic acid and magnesium stearate; calcium sulfate; synthetic oils; vegetable oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, sesame oil, olive oil and corn oil; polyols such as propylene glycol, glycerine, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; alginic acid; phosphate buffer solutions; emulsifiers, such as the TWEENS; wetting agents, such as sodium lauryl sulfate; coloring agents; flavoring agents; tableting agents; stabilizers; antioxidants; preservatives; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; and phosphate buffer solutions.
To prepare a pharmaceutical composition, effective concentrations of one or more aryl- substituted piperazine derivatives provided herein are mixed with one or more a suitable
pharmaceutical carriers or excipients. In instances in which the compounds exhibit insufficient solubility, methods for solubilizing compounds may be used. Such methods are known to those of skill in this art and include, but are not limited to, using cosolvents such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), using surfactant, such as TWEEN, or dissolution in aqueous sodium bicarbonate. Upon mixing or addition of the compound(s), the resulting mixture may be a solution, suspension, emulsion or the like. The form of the resulting mixture depends upon a number of factors, including the intended mode of administration and the solubility of the compound in the chosen carrier.
Pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated for administration by any suitable route, including orally, topically, parenterally, by inhalation or spray, sublingually, transdermally, via buccal administration, rectally, as an ophthalmic solution or by other means, and may be prepared in dosage unit formulations. Dosage formulations suitable for oral use include, for example, tablets, troches, lozenges, liquid solutions, aqueous or oily suspensions, dispersible powders or granules, emulsions, hard or soft capsules, tinctures, syrups or elixirs. Compositions intended for oral use may further contain one or more optional agents, such as sweetening agents (e.g., glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol or sucrose), flavoring agents, coloring agents and preserving agents, in order to provide pharmaceutically appealing and palatable preparations. Such formulations may also contain a demulcent. Typical components of carriers for syrups, elixirs, emulsions and suspensions include ethanol, glycerol, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, liquid sucrose, sorbitol and water. Orally Administered Liquid Formulations Compounds provided herein can be incorporated into oral liquid preparations such as, for example, aqueous or oily suspensions, solutions, emulsions, syrups or elixirs. Moreover, formulations containing these compounds can be presented as a dry product for constitution with water or other suitable vehicle before use. Such liquid preparations may further contain one or more conventional additives, such as suspending agents (e.g., sorbitol syrup, methyl cellulose, glucose/sugar, syrup, gelatin, hydroxyethyl cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose, aluminum stearate gel and hydrogenated edible fats); emulsifying agents (e.g., lecithin, sorbitan monsoleate or acacia); and/or non-aqueous vehicles such as edible oils (e.g., almond oil, fractionated coconut oil, silyl esters, propylene glycol and ethyl alcohol) and preservatives (e.g., methyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate and sorbic acid). Suspensions Aqueous suspensions contain the active material(s) in admixture with excipients (e.g., suspending agents, wetting agents and/or preservatives) suitable for the manufacture of aqueous suspensions. Suspending agents include, for example, sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydropropylmethylcellulose, AVICEL RC-591, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia. Dispersing or wetting agents include, for example, lecithin, polysorbate 80, naturally-occurring phosphatides such as lecithin, condensation
products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate), condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols (e.g., heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol), condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol (e.g., polyoxyethylene sorbitol substitute), or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides (e.g., polyethylene sorbitan substitute). Representative preservatives include, for example, ethyl- or n-propyl- p-hydroxybenzoate, sodium benzoate and methyl paraben.
Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending the active ingredients in a vegetable oil (e.g., peanut oil, olive oil, sesame oil or coconut oil), a mineral oil (such as liquid paraffin) or a mixture of such oils. The oily suspensions may further contain a thickening agent, such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyl alcohol. Sweetening agents, such as those set forth above, and flavoring agents may be added to improve palatability. If desired, these compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid. Emulsions Pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil, mineral oil, or mixture thereof as described above. Suitable emulsifying agents include naturally-occurring gums (e.g., gum acacia or gum tragacanth), naturally-occurring phosphatides (e.g., soy bean phosphatide, lecithin and esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol), and anhydrides (e.g., sorbitan monoleate and condensation products of the above partial esters with ethylene oxide, such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monoleate). Dispersible Powders
Dispersible powders and granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water provide the active ingredient in admixture with a dispersing or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. Tablets and Capsules
Tablets typically comprise conventional pharmaceutically compatible inert diluents, such as calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, mannitol, lactose and cellulose; binders such as starch, gelatin and sucrose; disintegrants such as starch, alginic acid and croscarmelose; and/or lubricants such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid and talc. Glidants such as silicon dioxide can be used to improve flow characteristics of the powder mixture. Coloring agents, such as the FD&C dyes, can be added for appearance. Sweeteners and flavoring agents, such as aspartame, saccharin, menthol, peppermint and fruit flavors, are useful adjuvants for chewable tablets. Capsules (including time release and sustained release formulations) typically comprise one or more solid diluents disclosed above. The
selection of carrier components often depends on secondary considerations such as taste, cost and shelf stability.
Such compositions may also be coated by conventional methods, typically with pH-dependent or time-dependent coatings, such that the subject compound is released in the gastrointestinal tract in the vicinity of the desired topical application, or at various times to extend the desired action. Such coatings typically include, but are not limited to, one or more of cellulose acetate phthalate, polyvinylacetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate, ethyl cellulose, Eudragit coatings, waxes and shellac.
Formulations for oral use may also be presented as hard gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules wherein the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil medium, such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil. Injectable and Parenteral Formulations
Pharmaceutical compositions may be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspension. Such a suspension may be formulated according to the known art using dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents as described above. The sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension in a non-toxic parentally acceptable diluent or solvent (e.g., as a solution in 1,3-butanediol). Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride solution. In addition, sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil synthetic {e.g., synthetic mono- or diglycerides) may be employed. In addition, fatty acids such as oleic acid are useful in the preparation of injectable formulations.
Pharmaceutical compositions may be administered parenterally in a sterile medium. Parenteral administration includes subcutaneous injections, intravenous, intramuscular, intrathecal injection or infusion techniques. The active agent(s), depending on the vehicle and concentration used, can either be suspended or dissolved in the vehicle. Adjuvants such as local anesthetics, preservatives and buffering agents can also be dissolved in the vehicle. In many compositions for parenteral administration, at least about 90% by weight of the total composition is carrier. Preferred carriers for parenteral administration include propylene glycol, ethyl oleate, pyrrolidone, ethanol and sesame oil. Suppositories
Pharmaceutical compositions may also be administered rectally, in the form of suppositories. Such compositions can be prepared by mixing the active ingredient(s) with a suitable non-irritating excipient that is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Such materials include cocoa butter and polyethylene glycols.
Topical Formulations
Pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated for local or topical application, such as for topical application to the skin or mucous membranes. Topical compositions may be in any suitable form including, for example, solutions, creams, ointments, gels, lotions, milks, cleansers, moisturizers, sprays, skin patches and the like. Such solutions may, for example, be formulated as 0.01%-10% isotonic solutions, pH about 5-7, with appropriate salts. Pharmaceutical compositions may also be formulated for transdermal administration as a transdermal patch.
Topical compositions containing the active compound can be admixed with a variety of carrier materials well known in the art, such as, for example, water, alcohols, aloe vera gel, allantoin, glycerine, vitamin A and E oils, mineral oil, propylene glycol, PPG-2 myristyl propionate and the like. Other materials suitable for use in topical earners include, for example, emollients, solvents, humectants, thickeners and powders. Examples of each of these types of materials, which can be used singly or as mixtures of one or more materials, are as follows: emollients, such as stearyl alcohol, glyceryl monoricinoleate, glyceryl monostearate, propane- 1,2-diol, butane- 1, 3 -diol, mink oil, cetyl alcohol, iso-propyl isostearate, stearic acid, iso-butyl palmitate, isocetyl stearate, oleyl alcohol, isopropyl laurate, hexyl laurate, decyl oleate, octadecan-2-ol, isocetyl alcohol, cetyl palmitate, dimethylpolysiloxane, di-n-butyl sebacate, iso-propyl myristate, iso-propyl palmitate, iso-propyl stearate, butyl stearate, polyethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, lanolin, sesame oil, coconut oil, arachis oil, castor oil, acetylated lanolin alcohols, petroleum, mineral oil, butyl myristate, isostearic acid, palmitic acid, isopropyl linoleate, lauryl lactate, myristyl lactate, decyl oleate and myristyl myristate; propellants, such as propane, butane, iso-butane, dimethyl ether, carbon dioxide and nitrous oxide; solvents, such as ethyl alcohol, methylene chloride, iso-propanol, castor oil, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, dimethyl sulphoxide, dimethyl formamide, tetrahydrofuran; humectants, such as glycerin, sorbitol, sodium 2- pyrrolidone-5-carboxylate, soluble collagen, dibutyl phthalate and gelatin; and powders, such as chalk, talc, fullers earth, kaolin, starch, gums, colloidal silicon dioxide, sodium polyacrylate, tetra alkyl ammonium smectites, trialkyl aryl ammonium smectites, chemically modified magnesium aluminium silicate, organically modified montmorillonite clay, hydrated aluminium silicate, fumed silica, carboxyvinyl polymer, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose and ethylene glycol monostearate. Pharmaceutical compositions may also be topically administered in the form of liposome delivery systems, such as small unilamellar vesicles, large unilamellar vesicles and multilamellar vesicles. Liposomes can be formed from a variety of phospholipids, such as cholesterol, stearylamine or phosphatidylcholines.
Other Formiilatiorts and Additional Components
Other compositions useful for attaining systemic delivery of the subject compounds include sublingual, buccal and nasal dosage forms. Such compositions typically comprise one or more soluble filler substances such as sucrose, sorbitol and mannitol, and/or binders such as acacia, microcrystalline cellulose, carboxymethyl cellulose and hydroxypropyl methylcellulose. Glidants, lubricants, sweeteners, colorants, antioxidants and flavoring agents disclosed above may also be included.
Compositions for inhalation are typically provided in the form of a solution, suspension or emulsion that can be administered as a dry powder or in the form of an aerosol using a conventional propellant {e.g., dichlorodifluoromethane or trichlorofluoromethane).
In addition to or together with the above modes of administration, a pharmaceutical composition may be conveniently added to food or drinking water {e.g., for administration to non- human animals including companion animals, such as dogs and cats and livestock). Animal feed and drinking water compositions may be formulated so that the animal takes in an appropriate quantity of the composition along with its diet. It may also be convenient to present the composition as a premix for addition to feed or drinking water.
Pharmaceutical compositions may also optionally comprise an activity enhancer. The activity enhancer can be chosen from a wide variety of molecules that function in different ways to enhance MCH receptor modulator effect. Particular classes of activity enhancers include skin penetration enhancers and absorption enhancers.
Pharmaceutical Compositions for Combination Tlterapy
Pharmaceutical compositions provided herein may also contain additional active agents, which can be chosen from a wide variety of molecules and can function in different ways to enhance the therapeutic effects of a MCH receptor modulator, or to provide a separate therapeutic effect that does not substantially interfere with the activity of the MCH receptor modulator. Such optional active agents, when present, are typically employed in the compositions described herein at a level ranging from about 0.01% to about 50% by weight of the composition, preferably 0.1% to 25%, 0.2% to 15, 0.5% to 10% or 0.5% to 5% by weight of the composition. For example, compositions intended for the treatment of obesity and/or eating disorders, such as bulimia nervosa, may further comprise leptin, a leptin receptor agonist, a melanocortin receptor 4 (MC4) agonist, sibutramine, dexfenfluramine, a growth hormone secretagogue, a beta-3 agonist, a 5HT-2 agonist, an orexin antagonist, a neuropeptide Yi or Y5 antagonist, a galanin antagonist, a CCK agonist, a GLP-I agonist, a cannabinoid receptor antagonist {e.g., a CBl antagonist) and/or a corticotropin-releasing hormone agonist. Other active ingredients that may be included within the compositions provided herein include antidepressants, inhibitors of dipeptidyl peptidase IV (DPP IV) and/or diuretics.
In certain embodiments, an additional active agent is a CBl antagonist. Representative CBl antagonists include, for example, certain pyrimidines {e.g., PCT International Application Publication No. WO 04/029,204), pyrazines (e.g., PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 01/111,038; WO 04/111,034 and WO 04/111,033), azetidine derivatives (e.g., US Patent Nos. 6,518,264; 6,479,479 and 6,355,631; and PCT International Application Publication No. WO 03/053431), pyrazole derivatives (e.g., US Patent Nos. 6,509,367 and 6,476,060; and PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 03/020217 and WO 01/029007), pyrazolecarboxylic acid and pyrazole carboxamide derivatives (e.g., US patent Nos. 6,645,985; 6,432,984; 6,344,474; 6,028,084; 5,925,768; 5,624,941 and 5,462,960; published US applications US 2004/0039024; US 2003/0199536 and US 2003/0003145; and PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 03/078413; WO 03/027076; WO 03/026648 and WO 03/026647); aroyl substituted benzofurans (e.g., LY-320135, US Patent No. 5,747,524); substituted imidazoles (e.g., published US application US 2003/0114495 and PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 03/063781 and WO 03/040107); substituted furo[2,3-b]pyridine derivatives (e.g., PCT International Application Publication No. WO 04/012671); substituted aryl amides (e.g., PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 03/087037 and WO 03/077847); substituted bicyclic or spirocyclic amides (e.g., PCT International Application Publication Nos. WO 03/086288 and WO 03/082190); and substituted 2,3-diphenyl pyridines (e.g., PCT International Application Publication No. WO 03/082191). Other CBl antagonists are cannabidiol and its derivatives. Preferred CBl antagonists include, for example, aryl substituted pyrazole carboxamides such as SR-141716A (N-ρiperidin-l-yl)-5-(4-chlorophenyl)-l- (2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-l-H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide, also known as RHVIONABANT™ or ACOMPLIA™) as well analogues thereof such as AM251 (N-piperidin-l-yl)-5-(4-iodophenyl)-l- (2,4-dichlorophenyl)-4-methyl-l-H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide) and AM281 (N-(morpholin-4-yl)-l- (2,4-dichlorophenyl)-5-(4-iodophenyl)-4-methyl-l-H-pyrazole-3-carboxamide); various azetidine compounds (e.g., US Patent Nos. 6,518,264; 6,479,479 and 6,355,631) and the imidazoles l-(4- chlorophenyl)-2-(2-chlorophenyl)-N-[(lS,2S)-2-hydroxycyclohexyl]-lH-imidazole-4-carboxamide and 2-(2-chlorophenyl)-l-(4-chlorophenyl)-N'-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]-lH-imidazole-4- carbohydrazide. Packaged Pharmaceutical Preparations Pharmaceutical compositions may be packaged for treating or preventing a disease or disorder that is associated with MCΗ receptor activation (e.g., treatment of metabolic disorders such as diabetes, heart disease, metabolic syndrome, stroke, obesity and eating disorders such as bulimia, fluid balance disorders, skin disorders such as pigmentation disorders and vitiligo, neuropsychiatric disorders such as anxiety, depression, reward system disorders and cognitive deficits, alterations in NMDA receptor function, reproductive function disorders or sexual disorders such as anorgasmic or
psychogenic impotence), or for promoting weight loss. Pharmaceutical compositions may also be packaged for modulating bone mass (i.e., inhibiting loss of bone mass and/or stimulating an increase in bone mass). Packaged pharmaceutical preparations comprise a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of MCH receptor modulator as described herein and instructions (e.g., labeling) indicating that the contained composition is to be used for promoting weight loss, modulating bone mass or for treating or preventing a disease or disorder that is associated with MCH receptor activation in the patient. Prescribing information may be provided separately to a patient or health care provider, or may be provided as a label or package insert. Prescribing information may include, for example, efficacy, dosage and administration, contraindication and adverse reaction information pertaining to the pharmaceutical formulation. Certain packaged pharmaceutical preparations further include a second therapeutic agent as discussed above. Dosages
Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives are generally present within a pharmaceutical composition in a therapeutically effective amount. Compositions providing dosage levels ranging from about 0.1 mg to about 140 mg per kilogram of body weight per day are preferred (about 0.5 mg to about 7 g per human patient per day), with dosages ranging from 0.1 mg to 50 mg, 30 mg or 10 mg particularly preferred. The amount of active ingredient that may be combined with the carrier to produce a single dosage form will vary depending upon the patient to be treated and the particular mode of administration. Dosage unit forms generally contain from about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active ingredient. It will be understood, however, that the optimal dose for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors, including the activity of the specific compound employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time and route of administration; the rate of excretion; any simultaneous treatment, such as a drug combination; and the type and severity of the particular disease undergoing treatment. Dosage units generally contain from about 10 μg to about 500 mg of each active ingredient. Optimal dosages may be established using routine testing and procedures that are well known in the art.
METHODS OF USE
Within certain aspects, the present invention provides methods for inhibiting the development or progression of a disease or disorder responsive to MCH receptor modulation. In other words, therapeutic methods provided herein may be used to treat a patient already afflicted with such a disease or disorder, or may be used to prevent or delay the onset of such a disease or disorder in a patient who is free of detectable disease or disorder that is associated with MCH receptor activation. As noted above, a disease or disorder is "associated with MCH receptor activation" if it is characterized by inappropriate stimulation of MCH receptor, regardless of the amount of MCH
present locally, and/or is responsive to modulation of MCH receptor activity. Such conditions include, for example, metabolic disorders (such as diabetes), heart disease, metabolic syndrome, stroke, obesity and eating disorders (such as bulimia nervosa), fluid balance disorders, skin disorders such as pigmentation disorders and vitiligo, alterations in NMDA receptor function, and sexual disorders such as anorgasmic or psychogenic impotence. These conditions may be diagnosed and monitored using criteria that have been established in the art. In addition, MCH antagonists provided herein may be used to promote weight loss in patients, and MCH agonists provided herein may be used to promote weight gain in patients. MCH antagonists may also be used to modulate a patient's bone mass (i.e., to inhibit loss of bone mass and/or stimulate an increase in bone mass). Patients may include humans, domesticated companion animals (pets, such as dogs and cats) and livestock animals, with dosages and treatment regimes as described above. Additional conditions that are associated with MCH receptor activation include:
Cognitive impairment and memory disorders, such as Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, mild cognitive impairment (MCI), age-related cognitive decline (ARCD), stroke, traumatic brain injury, ADDS associated dementia, and dementia associated with depression, anxiety and psychosis (including schizophrenia and hallucinatory disorders);
Anxiety, depression and other mood disorders, including general anxiety disorder (GAD), agoraphobia, panic disorder with and without agoraphobia, social phobia, specific phobia, post traumatic stress disorder, obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD), dysthymia, adjustment disorders with disturbance of mood and anxiety, separation anxiety disorder, anticipatory anxiety acute stress disorder, adjustment disorders and cyclothymia;
Reward system disorders such as addiction (e.g., opioid, nicotine or alcohol);
Pain such as migraine, peripheral inflammatory pain, neuropathic pain and sympathetic nervous system associated pain; and Peripheral indications such as respiratory disorders (e.g., asthma), urinary disorders (e.g., urinary incontinence), gastrointestinal disorders, reproductive function disorders and cardiovascular disorders (e.g., arteriosclerosis and hypertension).
Frequency of dosage may vary depending on the compound used and the particular disease to be treated or prevented. In general, for treatment of most disorders, a dosage regimen of 4 times daily or less is preferred. For the treatment of eating disorders and obesity, a dosage regimen of 1 or 2 times daily is particularly preferred. For the treatment of impotence a single dose that rapidly reaches effective concentrations is desirable. It will be understood, however, that the specific dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound employed, the patient's age, body weight, general health, sex and diet, the time and route of administration, the rate of excretion, any coadministered drugs and the severity of the particular
disease. In certain embodiments, administration at meal times is preferred. In general, the use of the minimum dosage that is sufficient to provide effective therapy is preferred. Patients may generally be monitored for therapeutic effectiveness using assays suitable for the condition being treated or prevented, which will be familiar to those of ordinary skill in the art. In other aspects, methods for treating a patient are provided, comprising diagnosing the patient as having a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation, correlating the diagnosis of the disease or disorder with the need for MCH modulator administration, and administering an a effective amount of an aryl-substituted piperazine derivative provided herein. A method for treating a patient comprising administering an effective amount of an aryl-substituted piperazine derivative of Formula I to a patient having a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation is also provided herein.
Within certain embodiments the disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation is obesity, an eating disorder, a sexual disorder, diabetes, heart disease, metabolic syndrome, stroke, anxiety, depression, a skin pigmentation disorder, a reward system disorder, a cognitive disorder, or a fluid balance disorder. Within other embodiments, the MCH receptor modulator is used to modulate bone mass.
Within certain embodiments provided herein the aryl-substituted piperazine derivative of Formula I is administered orally, intranasally, intravenously or topically.
Within certain aspects, MCH receptor modulators provided herein may be used within combination therapy for the treatment of conditions associated with MCH receptor modulation. Within combination therapy, a MCH receptor modulator is administered to a patient along with a second therapeutic agent that is not primarily a MCH receptor modulator, but that is appropriate for treatment of the condition(s) of interest. The MCH receptor modulator and second therapeutic agent(s) may be present in the same pharmaceutical composition, or may be administered separately in either order. Suitable second therapeutic agents include those listed above.
Suitable dosages for MCH receptor modulator(s) within such combination therapy are generally as described herein. Dosages and methods of administration of other therapeutic agents can be found, for example, in the manufacturer's instructions in the Physician's Desk Reference. In certain embodiments, the combination administration results in a reduction of the dosage of the second therapeutic agent required to produce a therapeutic effect {i.e., a decrease in the minimum therapeutically effective amount). Thus, preferably, the dosage of second therapeutic agent in a combination or combination treatment method of the invention is less than the maximum dose advised by the manufacturer for administration of the second therapeutic agent without combination administration of a MCH receptor modulator. More preferably this dosage is less than 3A, even more preferably less than Vi, and highly preferably, less than 1A of the maximum dose, while most
preferably the dose is less than 10% of the maximum dose advised by the manufacturer for administration of the second therapeutic agent(s) when administered without combination administration of a MCH receptor modulator. It will be apparent that the dosage amount of MCH receptor modulator component of the combination needed to achieve the desired effect may similarly be affected by the dosage amount and potency of the second therapeutic agent component of the combination.
In certain preferred embodiments, the combination administration of a MCH receptor modulator with a second therapeutic agent is accomplished by packaging one or more MCH receptor modulators and one or more second therapeutic agents in the same package, either in separate containers within the package or in the same container as a mixture of one or more MCH receptor modulators and one or more second therapeutic agents. Preferred mixtures are formulated for oral administration (e.g., as pills, capsules, tablets or the like). In certain embodiments, the package comprises a label or package insert indicating that the one or more MCH receptor modulators and one or more second therapeutic agents are to be taken together for the treatment of a condition that is associated with MCH receptor activation, such as obesity.
In certain embodiments, one or more MCH receptor modulators provided herein are used along with one or more CBl antagonists within a combination therapy. Such combinations are of particular use for weight management, to reduce appetite and/or food intake or to prevent or treat obesity (e.g., promote weight loss). Patients may include humans, domesticated companion animals and livestock animals, with dosages and treatment regimes as described above. The MCH receptor modulator(s) may be administered to the patient at the same time as the CBl antagonist(s) (e.g., as a single dosage unit), or may be administered separately (before or after CBl antagonist). Within preferred embodiments, the MCH receptor modulator(s) and CBl antagonist(s) are ultimately simultaneously present at effective concentrations in a body fluid (e.g., blood) of the patient. An effective concentration of MCH receptor modulator or CBl antagonist is a concentration that is sufficient to reduce one or more of food consumption, appetite and/or body mass index in the patient when repeatedly coadministered as described herein.
Within separate aspects, the present invention provides a variety of in vitro uses for the compounds provided herein. For example, such compounds may be used as probes for the detection and localization of MCH receptors, in samples such as tissue sections, as positive controls in assays for receptor activity, as standards and reagents for determining the ability of a candidate agent to bind to MCH receptor, or as radiotracers for positron emission tomography (PET) imaging or for single photon emission computerized tomography (SPECT). Such assays can be used to characterize MCH receptors in living subjects. Compounds provided herein are also useful as standards and reagents in determining the ability of a test compound to bind to MCH receptor.
Within methods for determining the presence or absence of MCH receptor in a sample, a sample may be incubated with a compound as provided herein under conditions that permit binding of the compound to MCH receptor. The amount of compound bound to MCH receptor in the sample is then detected. For example, a compound may be labeled using any of a variety of well-known techniques (e.g., radiolabeled with a radionucleide such as tritium, as described herein), and incubated with the sample (which may be, for example, a preparation of cultured cells, a tissue preparation or a fraction thereof). A suitable incubation time may generally be determined by assaying the level of binding that occurs over a period of time. Following incubation, unbound compound is removed, and bound compound detected using any method for the label employed (e.g., autoradiography or scintillation counting for radiolabeled compounds; spectroscopic methods may be used to detect luminescent groups and fluorescent groups). As a control, a matched sample may be simultaneously contacted with radiolabeled compound and a greater amount of unlabeled compound. Unbound labeled and unlabeled compound is then removed in the same fashion, and bound label is detected. A greater amount of detectable label in the test sample than in the control indicates the presence of MCH receptor in the sample. Detection assays, including receptor autoradiography (receptor mapping) of MCH receptors in cultured cells or tissue samples may be performed as described by Kuhar in sections 8.1.1 to 8.1.9 of Current Protocols in Pharmacology (1998) John Wiley & Sons, New York.
Compounds provided herein may also be used within a variety of well-known cell culture and cell separation methods. For example, compounds may be linked to the interior surface of a tissue culture plate or other cell culture support, for use in immobilizing MCH receptor-expressing cells for screens, assays and growth in culture. Compounds may also be used to facilitate cell identification and sorting in vitro, permitting the selection of cells expressing a MCH receptor. Preferably, the compound(s) for use in such methods are labeled as described herein. Within one preferred embodiment, a compound linked to a fluorescent marker, such as fluorescein, is contacted with the cells, which are then analyzed by fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS).
Within other aspects, methods are provided for modulating binding of MCH to an MCH receptor in vitro or in vivo, comprising contacting a MCH receptor with a sufficient amount of a modulator provided herein, under conditions suitable for binding of MCH to the receptor. Preferably, within such methods, MCH binding to receptor is inhibited by the modulator. The MCH receptor may be present in solution, in a cultured or isolated cell preparation or within a patient. Preferably, the MCH receptor is a MCHlR receptor present in the hypothalamus. In general, the amount of compound contacted with the receptor should be sufficient to modulate MCH binding to MCH receptor in vitro within, for example, a binding assay as described in Example 9 and/or Example 12. MCH receptor preparations used to determine in vitro binding may be obtained from a variety of
sources, such as from HEK 293 cells or Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells transfected with a MCH receptor expression vector, as described herein.
Also provided herein are methods for modulating the signal-transducing activity of cellular MCH receptors, by contacting MCH receptor, either in vitro or in vivo, with a sufficient amount of a modulator as described above, under conditions suitable for binding of MCH to the receptor. Preferably, within such methods, signal-transducing activity is inhibited by the modulator. The MCH receptor may be present in solution, in a cultured or isolated cell preparation or within a patient. In general, the amount of modulator contacted with the receptor should be sufficient to modulate MCH receptor signal transducing activity in vitro within, for example, a calcium mobilization assay as described in Example 13 and/or an agonist-stimulated GTP gamma35S binding assay as described in Example 11. An effect on signal-transducing activity may be assessed as an alteration in the electrophysiology of the cells, using standard techniques, such as intracellular patch clamp recording or patch clamp recording. If the receptor is present in an animal, an alteration in the electrophysiology of the cell may be detected as a change in the animal's feeding behavior.
GENERAL SYNTHETIC METHODS
The following Schemes illustrate representative synthetic methods for compounds of Formula I, wherein the variables are as defined above.
In certain embodiments, a MCH receptor modulator may contain one or more asymmetric carbon atoms, so that the compound can exist in different stereoisomeric forms. Such forms can be, for example, racemates or optically active forms. As noted above, all stereoisomers are encompassed by the present invention. Nonetheless, it may be desirable in certain instances to obtain single enantiomers {i.e., optically active forms). Standard methods for preparing single enantiomers include asymmetric synthesis and resolution of the racemates. Resolution of the racemates can be accomplished, for example, by conventional methods such as crystallization in the presence of a resolving agent, or chromatography using, for example a chiral HPLC column.
Compounds may be radiolabeled by carrying out their synthesis using precursors comprising at least one atom that is a radioisotope. Each radioisotope is preferably carbon (e.g., 14C), hydrogen {e.g., 3H or 2H), fluorine {e.g., 18F or 19F), sulfur {e.g., 35S) or iodine {e.g., 125I). Tritium labeled compounds may also be prepared catalytically via platinum-catalyzed exchange in tritiated acetic acid, acid-catalyzed exchange in tritiated trifluoroacetic acid, or heterogeneous-catalyzed exchange with tritium gas using the compound as substrate. In addition, certain precursors may be subjected to tritium-halogen exchange with tritium gas, tritium gas reduction of unsaturated bonds, or reduction using sodium borotritide, as appropriate. Preparation of radiolabeled compounds may be
conveniently performed by a radioisotope supplier specializing in custom synthesis of radiolabeled probe compounds.
PREPARATION OF MCH RECEPTOR MODULATORS The following Examples are offered by way of illustration and not by way of limitation.
Unless otherwise specified all reagents and solvent are of standard commercial grade and are used without further purification.
Compounds provided herein may generally be prepared using standard synthetic methods.
Starting materials are generally readily available from commercial sources, such as Sigma-Aldrich Corp. (St. Louis, MO). For example, a synthetic route similar to that shown in the Schemes A may be used. It will be apparent that the final product and any intermediate(s) shown in the following schemes may be extracted, dried, filtered and/or concentrated, and may be further purified (e.g., by chromatography). Each variable (e.g., "R") in the following Schemes, refers to any group consistent with the description of the compounds provided herein. An individual skilled in the art may find modifications of one or several of the synthetic steps described herein without diverting significantly from the overall synthetic scheme. Further experimental details for synthesis of representative compounds via these Schemes are provided in Examples 1-6, herein.
In the following Schemes and synthetic Examples 1-6, the following abbreviations are used:
D DMMFF N,N-dimethylformamide
DMSO Dimethylsulfoxide
EtOAc Ethyl acetate
EtOH Ethyl alcohol
LC Liquid chromatography
MeOH Methyl alcohol
MS Mass spectrometry
MsCl Mesyl chloride n-BuLi n-Butyllithium
NMR Nuclear magnetic resonance
TEA Triethylamine
THF Tetrahydrofuran
TLC Thin layer chromatography
SCHEME A.
Briefly, a commercially available N-protected tropinone derivative such as but not limited to N-carbethoxy-4-tropinone, tropinone, BOC-nortropinone is reacted with an arylorganometallic reagent such as but not limited to arylmagnesium halides (Grignard reagents), aryllithium, arylsodium, arylzinc halides, aryl copper halides, or arylcerium halides in an inert reaction solvent such as but not limited to ethyl ether, tetrahydrofuran, diisopropyl ether, methyl-tert-butyl ether, benzene, toluene and the like at a reaction temperature between -78 0C and 120 0C, more preferably between O0C and 600C to furnish the Ν-protected 3-aryl-3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane. The addition of the organometallic reagent takes place highly preferably from the less-hindered side (see for example Langbein, A. et al. 8-Arylalkyl-3-phenyl-3-nortropanols, their acid addition salts and their pharmaceutical compositions. US 4,393,069, 7/12/83). The protecting group on the nitrogen atom can then be removed using a number of methods familiar to those skilled in the art (see for example Greene, T.W. and Wuts, P.G.M., Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, 1999). Finally, reductive amination reaction with an appropriately substituted benzaldehyde or acetophenone under acidic catalysis (for example but not limited to acetic acid, propionic acid, HCl and the like) with an excess of NaBH4, NaCH3CN, NaBH(OAc)3 and the like under a nitrogen atmosphere yields the desired product after purification by appropriate chromatographic techniques. Alternatively, the last step can be carried out by reacting the 3-aryl-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol with an appropriately substituted benzylic chloride, bromide, iodide, tosylate, mesylate, benzenesulfonate and the like in a solvent such as EtOH, DMF, DMSO, acetonitrile, propionitrile, acetone and the like in the presence of a base such as but not limited to K2CO3, Na2CO3, NaHCO3, Cs2CO3 and the like at temperatures between room temperature and 140 0C.
EXAMPLE 1. SYNTHESIS OF 8-(4-METHOXY-2,3-DIMETP{YLBENZYL)-3-(4-CHLORO-3-
METHOXYPHENYL)-8-AZA-BICYCLO[3.2. l]OCTAN-3-OL
Step 1. Ethyl 3-(4-chloro-3-meth,oxyphenyl)-3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8-carhoxylate
Anhydrous CeCl3 (33.4 g, 136.4 mmol) is placed in an oven-dried flask, heated under high vacuum system for 5 min. The flask is then cooled to -780C under nitrogen, THF (200 mL) and 5- bromo-2-chloro-anisole (20 g, 90.9 mmol) are added, followed by n-BuLi (109.1 mmol, 68.2 mL of 1.6 M in hexane). The mixture is stirred at -780C for Ih. Ethyl 3-oxo-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane-8- carboxylate (19.7 g in 100 mL of THF, 99.9 mmol) is then added dropwise, the mixture is stirred at - 780C for Ih, then room temperature for 2h. The reaction is quenched with half saturated NH4Cl, and the organic layer is separated. The aqueous phase is extracted with ethyl acetate. Organic layers are combined, washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4, and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate = 3/1) to afford 11.1 g of white solid. LC/MS m/z: 340 (M+l).
Step 2. 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2. l]octan-3-ol
The ethyl 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-3-hydroxy-8-azabicyclo[3.2. l]octane-8-carboxylate obtained in step 1 (11.1 g) is treated with KOH (48 g, 0.86 mol), and hydrazine monohydrate (8 mL) in HOCH2CH2OH (240 mL) at reflux for 4h. The reaction mixture is then cooled to room temperature, poured into 200 mL of water and extracted with CHCl3 (3x). The extract is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and evaporated under reduced pressure to yield 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol (5.35 g, 22.3%) as a white solid: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.29 (d, IH), 7.11 (s, IH), 6.98 (d, IH), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.66 (s, 2H), 2.24-2.36 (m, 4H), 1.78-1.85 (m, 6H); LC-MS m/z: 268 (M+l).
Step 3. 8-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(4-chloro-3-rnethoxyphenyl)-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3- ol
To a solution of 4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylbenzaldehyde (0.06 g, 0.36 mmol) and 3-(4-chloro- 3-methoxyphenyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol (0.10 g, 0.37 mmol) in anhydrous dichloroethane (5 mL) are added AcOH (0.025 mL, 0.44 mmol) and NaBH(OAc)3 (0.24 g, 0.53 mmol). The reaction mixture is stirred overnight at 70 0C and then cooled to room temperature and diluted with CH2Cl2. The organic layers are washed with saturated NaHCO3, water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is submitted to flash chromatography eluting with 10 % MeOH-CH2Cl2 containing 1% NH4OH to afford 8-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(4- chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol as a clear oil (53 mg, 33 % yield). 1H NMR (300 MHz, CD3OD): δ 7.27 (d, J= 6.3Hz, IH), 7.05-7.15 (m, 2H), 6.9-7.0 (m, IH), 6.62-6.7 (m,lH), 3.9 (s, 2H), 3.80 (s, 6H), 3.44-3.58 (m, 2H), 3.22-3.32 (m, 2H), 2.12-2.41 (multiplet containing two singlets at 2.18, 2.38, 8H), 2.0-2.1 (m, 2H), 1.7-1.82 (m, 2H); LC-MS m/z: 416 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 2. SYNTHESIS OF 8-(4-(3-(DIMETΉYLAMINO)PROPOXY)-2,3-DIMETHYLBENZYL)-3-(4-
CHLORO-3-METHOXYPHENYL)-8-AZA-BICYCLO[3.2.1]OCTAN-3-OL
HCl
Step 1. [4~(Allyloxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]methanol
To a solution of 4-(allyloxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzaldehyde (1.0 g, 5.2 mmol) in anhydrous MeOH (Should this be EtOH or MeOH - doesn't match scheme) (20 mL) at O0C is added NaBH4 (0.3 g, 7.8 mmol) in small portions. The reaction mixture is stirred at room temperature for 5 min, then quenched with water. Ethanol is removed under reduced pressure and the aqueous solution is extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by filtration through a silica gel plug (hexane/ethyl acetate: 4/1) to afford [4-(allyloxy)-2,3-dimethylphenyl]methanol (1.0 g, 99.1%) as a white solid: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.10 (d, IH), 6.69 (d, IH), 6.07 (m, IH), 5.44 (m, IH), 5.28 (m, IH), 4.64 (s, 2H), 4.53 (m, 2H), 2.30 (s, 3H), 2.22 (s, 3H); LC-MS m/z: 175 (M+-OH).
Step 2. 4-(Allyloxy)-2,3-dimethylhenzyl methanesulfonate
To a solution of the alcohol obtained in step 1 (0.47 g, 2.42 mmol) in anhydrous CH2Cl2
(1OmL) at O0C is added TEA (0.68 mL, 4.84 mmol), followed by CH3SO2Cl (0.28 mL, 3.62 mmol).
The mixture is stirred at room temperature for 2h. The solvent is removed under reduced pressure. The residue is dried on high vacuum pump overnight, and used in the next step without further purification.
Step 3. 8-[4-(Allyloxy)-2, 3-dimethylbenzyl]-3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2. IJoctan- 3-ol
To a solution of 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol (0.59 g, 2.2 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (10 mL) under nitrogen is added K2CO3 (0.61 g, 4.4 mmol), followed by 4- (allyloxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzyl methanesulfonate in 10 mL of anhydrous CH3CN. The mixture is heated at 8O0C for 24 h, then cooled to room temperature, quenched with water, and extracted with ethyl acetate. The organic layer is washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by silica gel chromatography (CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH4OH : 90/9/1) to afford 8-[4-(allyloxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzyl]-3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol (0.41 g, 42.3%) as a white semi-solid: LC-MS m/z: 442. Step 4. 3-(4-Chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-(4-hydroxy-2, 3-dimethylbenzyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2. lJoctan-3- ol
The mixture of 8-[4-(allyloxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzyl]-3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol (0.37 g, 0.84 mmol) obtained in step 3, morpholine (80.5 μL, 0.92mmol) and Pd(PPh3)4 (58.2 mg, 0.05 mmol) in 10 mL of CH2Cl2 is stirred at room temperature under nitrogen overnight. The reaction mixture is then diluted with 10 mL of CH2Cl2, washed with half- saturated aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by preparative TLC (CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH4OH : 90/9/1) to afford 3-(4-chloro-3- methoxyphenyl)-8-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylbenzyl)-8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol (0.20 g, 60%) as a yellow solid: 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.27 (d, IH), 7.12 (d, IH), 6.93-6.99 (m, 2H), 6.58 (d, IH), 3.89 (s, 3H), 3.49 (s, 2H), 3.30 (bs, 2H), 2.34 (s, 3H), 1.74-2.29 (m, 13 H); LC-MS m/z: 402 (M+l). Step 5. 8-(4-(3-(Dimethylamino)propoxy)-2, 3-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(4-chIoro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-aza- bicyclo[3.2.1] octaιι-3-ol To a solution of 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylbenzyl)-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol obtained in step 4 (20 mg, 0.05 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 mL) is added Cs2CO3 (24.2 mg, 0.075 mmol), followed by Me2NCH2CH2CH2ClHCl (0.06 mmol) and catalytic amounts of NaI. The mixture is heated at 6O0C overnight. The reaction is then cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by preparative TLC
(CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH4OH : 95/5/1) to furnish 8-(4-(3-(dimemylamino)propoxy)-2,3-dimethyl-benzyl)- 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol as a yellow oil (15.4 mg, 63.2%). 1H NMR (CDCl3) δ 7.20 (d, IH), 6.92-7.10 (m, 3H), 6.60 (d, IH), 3.94 (t, 2H), 3.85 (s, 3H), 3.49 (bs, 2H), 3.25 (bs, IH), 2.46 (t, 2H), 1.70-2.30 (m, 24 H); LC-MS m/z: 487 (M+l).
EXAMPLE 3. SYNTHESIS OF 2-(4-([3-(4-CHLORO-S-METHOXYPHENYL)^-HYDROXY-S-
AZABICYCLO[3.2.1]OCT-8-YL]METHYL}-2,3-DIMETHYLPHENOXY)-N,N-DIMETHYLACETAMIDE
To a solution of 3-(4-chloro-3-memoxyphenyl)-8-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylbenzyl)-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol obtained in step 4, Example 2, (20 mg, 0.05 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 mL) is added Cs2CO3 (24.2 mg, 0.075 mmol), followed by 2-chloro-N,N-dimethylacetamide (0.06 mmol) and catalytic amounts of NaI. The mixture is heated at 6O0C overnight. The reaction is then cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by preparative TLC (CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH4OH: 95/5/1) to furnish 2-(4-{[3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-3-hydroxy-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-8-yl]methyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-N,N-dimethylacetamide as a yellow oil (19.7 mg, 81%): 1H ΝMR (CDCl3) δ 7.21 (d, IH), 6.99-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.88 (d, IH), 6.59 (d, IH), 4.60 (s, 2H), 3.83 (s, 3H), 3.42 (s, 2H), 3.18 (s, IH), 3.03 (s, 3H), 2.91 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.68-2.34 (m, 13H); LC-MS m/z: 487.
EXAMPLE 4. SYNTHESIS OF 2-(4-([3-(4-CHLORO-S-METHOXYPHENYL)-S-HYDROXY-S- AZABICYCLO[3.2.1]OCT-8-YL]METHYL}-2,3-DIMETHYLPHENOXY)-N-METHYLACETAMIDE
To a solution of 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-(4-hydroxy-2,3-dimethylbenzyl)-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol obtained in step 4 (20 mg, 0.05 mmol) in anhydrous DMF (1 mL) is
added Cs2CO3 (24.2 mg, 0.075 mmol), followed by 2-chloro-N-methylacetamide (0.06 mmol) and catalytic amounts of NaI. The mixture is heated at 6O0C overnight. The reaction is then cooled to room temperature, diluted with ethyl acetate, washed with water, brine, dried over Na2SO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue is purified by preparative TLC (CH2Cl2/MeOH/NH4OH: 95/5/1) to furnish 2-(4-{[3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-3-hydroxy-8- azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-8-yl]methyl}-2,3-dimethylphenoxy)-N-methylacetamide as a yellow oil (14.5 mg, 61%): 1H ΝMR (CDCl3) δ 7.28 (d, IH), 7.10 (m, 2H), 6.93 (d, IH), 6.60 (d, IH), 4.48 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 2H), 3.26 (bs, 2H), 2.93 (d, 3H), 1.76-2.41 (m, 16H); LC-MS m/z: 473.
EXAMPLE 5. SYNTHESIS OF 3-(4-CHLORO-3-METHOXYPHENYL)-8-[4-(3-HYDROXYPROPOXY)-2,3- DIMETHYLBENZYL]-8-AZABICYCLO[3.2. l]OCTAN-3-OL
Using the same reaction conditions as in Example 4, but replacing 2-chloro-N-methylacetamide with equivalent amounts OfHOCH2CH2CH2Cl, the title compound is obtained (5.5 mg, 23.9%): LC-MS m/z: 460.
EXAMPLE 6. SYNTHESIS OF 3-(4-CHLORO-3-METHOXYPHENYL)-8-[4-(2-METHOXYETHOXY)-2,3- DMETHYLBENZYLj-δ-AZABICYCLOβ^.lJOCTAN-S-OL
Using the same reaction conditions as in Example 4, but substituting 2-chloro-N-methylacetamide with equivalent amounts Of HOCH2CH2CH2Cl, the title compound is obtained (12.1 mg, 52.3%): LC- MS m/z: 460.
EXAMPLE 7. ADDITIONAL HETEROCYCLIC ARYL SUBSTITUTED 8-AZABICYCLO[3.2.1]OCTANE COMPOUNDS
The following compounds are synthesized according to the methods given in Examples 1-6. Compounds 1, 2, 3, 4, 15 and 21, in TABLE I, exhibit a K; less than 1 micromolar in the MCHl receptor binding assay of Example 13.
TABLEI
1 -
-
-[4-
-
-
-(4-
EXAMPLE 8 PURIFIED RAT STRIATUM CELL MEMBRANES.
The MCHlR receptor source is a rat striatum homogenate. The rats are naϊve Sprague Dawley or Wistar rats which are not food deprived overnight, and weigh roughly 250±25 grams. The stratum is rapidly/carefully dissected away from the cortex, mid-bram and hippocampus. The stratum is weighed, and homogenized in Prep buffer (50 mM Tπs, pH 7.4, 10 mM MgCl2, 2 mM EGTA- 23 mL per gram of striatum, typically 150 mg of tissue plus 3.5 mL of prep buffer), homogenizing for 30 seconds using a BRINKMAN POLYTRON at setting 5. The crude striatal homogenate is washed 2 times with Prep buffer and sampled for protein analysis between washes. Once the protein concentration has been determined, the final protein pellet is suspended in binding buffer at a protein density of 275 μg/200 μL binding buffer. The protein concentration of the resulting membrane preparation (hereinafter "rat striatal membranes") is conveniently measured using a Bradford protein assay (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Hercules, CA).
EXAMPLE 9. RADIOLIGAND BINDING ASSAYS This Example illustrates a standard assay of Melanin Concentrating Hormone receptor binding that may be used to determine the binding affinity of compounds for the MCH receptor. 125I- labeled S36057 (New England Nuclear Corp., Boston, MA), a stable analogue of MCH, is used as the radioligand.
Purified rat striatal membranes, prepared by the method given in Example 8 above, are resuspended by Dounce homogenization (tight pestle) in binding buffer (50 mM Tπs pH. 7.4, 1.0 mM Mg Cl2, 5 mM KCl3 1 mM CaCl2, 120 mM NaCl, 1 mM bacitracin, 0.02 mg/mL Aprotmm & 0.1% BSA).
The optimal rat striatal homogenate input has been determined, via a protein linearity expeπment, to be 275 μg / data point / 250 μL. At 3OpM [125I]-S36057, this amount of protein binds 10-15% of the input radioligand. At a [125I]-S36057 input of 30 pM (roughly 1/2 to 1/3 Kd) the specific binding signal is routinely 50%. Non specific binding is defined with lμM MCH. Displacement binding studies, designed to determine the IC5o/K, of exogenously added compounds, are run at 30 pM [I25I]-S36057. These displacement studies are routinely run to verify activity m the rat striatum homogenate MCHlR preparation. Upon mixing of all assay components (100 μL tissue, lOOμl assay buffer, 25 μL radiolabel, and 2.5 μL compound if required, 25 μL assay buffer or nonspecific if required), the reaction is mixed and incubated at RT for 2 h m a 96-well deepwell dish. The binding reaction is terminated by rapid filtration over a 1% PEI treated filter on a 96-well Tomtec harvester, followed by washing with 50 mM Tπs, pH 7.4, 120 mM NaCl. For saturation binding analysis, rat stπatal membranes (275 μg) are added to polypropylene tubes containing 25 pM - 0.5 nM [125I]S36057. Nonspecific binding is determined in the presence of 10 μM MCH (Tocπs Cookson
Inc., Ellisville, MO, USA) and accounts for less than 10 % of total binding. For evaluation of guanine nucleotide effects on receptor affinity, GTP7S is added to duplicate tubes at the final concentration of 50 μM.
For competition analysis, membranes (275 μ.g) are added to polypropylene tubes containing 0.03 nM [125I]S36057. Non-radiolabeled displacers are added to separate assays at concentrations ranging from 10"10 M to 10"5 M to yield a final volume of 0.250 mL. Nonspecific binding is determined in the presence of 10 μM MCH and accounts for less than 30% of total binding.
Following a 2 h incubation at room temperature, the reaction is terminated by rapid vacuum filtration.
Samples are filtered over presoaked (0.3% non-fat dry milk for 2 h prior to use) GF/C WHATMAN filters and rinsed 2 times with 5 mL cold 50 mM Tris pH 7.4. Remaining bound radioactivity is quantified by gamma counting. K; and Hill coefficient ("nH") are determined by fitting the Hill equation to the measured values with the aid of SIGMAPLOT software.
EXAMPLE 10. PURIFIED RECOMBINANT CHO CELL MEMBRANES EXPRESSING MONKEY MCHlR Cynomolgus macaque hypothalamus MCHl cDNA is prepared and cloned into PCDNA3.1
(INVITROGEN Corp., Carlsbad, CA) as described in PCT International Application publication number WO 03/059289, which published on July 24, 2003. The resulting MCHl expression vector is stably transfected into Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA) via calcium precipitation. The disclosure of WO 03/059289 at page 51-52 directed to the preparation and storage of membrane pellets prepared from CHO cells stably transfected with the MCHl vector is hereby incorporated by reference.
CHO mMCHlR cell pellets are resuspended in homogenization buffer (10 mM HEPES, 250 mM sucrose, 0.5 μg/mL leupeptin, 2 μg/mL Aprotinin, 200 μM PMSF, and 2.5 mM EDTA, pH 7.4) and homogenized using a BRINKMAN POLYTRON homogenizer (setting 5 for 30 seconds). The homogenate is centrifuged (536 x g/ 10 min/ 40C) to pellet the nuclei. The supernatant containing isolated membranes is decanted to a clean centrifuge tube, centrifuged (48,000 X g/ 30 min, 40C) and the resulting pellet resuspended in 30 mL homogenization buffer. This centrifugation and resuspension step is repeated twice. The final pellet is resuspended in ice cold Dulbecco's PBS containing 5 mM EDTA and stored in frozen aliquots at -8O0C until needed. The protein concentration of the resulting membrane preparation (hereinafter "P2 membranes") is conveniently measured using a Bradford protein assay (Bio-Rad Laboratories, Hercules, CA).
EXAMPLE 11. AGONIST-INDUCED GTP BINDING
Agonist-stimulated GTP gamma35S binding ("GTP binding") activity can be used to identify agonist and antagonist compounds and to differentiate neutral antagonist compounds from those that
possess inverse agonist activity. This activity can also be used to detect partial agonism mediated by antagonist compounds. A compound being analyzed in this assay is referred to herein as a "test compound."
Agonist-stimulated GTP binding on purified P2 membranes (prepared as described in Example 10) is assessed using MCH as agonist in order to ascertain the level of signal, and EC50 value of MCH as measured by GTP binding.
P2 membranes from the CHO cells are resuspended by Dounce homogenization (tight pestle) in GTP binding assay buffer (50 niM Tris pH 7.4, 120 mM NaCl, 5 mM MgC12, 2 mM EGTA, 0.1% BSA, 0.1 mM bacitracin, 100 KIU/mL aprotinin, 5 μM GDP, 10 μg/mL saponin) and added to reaction tubes at a concentration of 50 μg protein/reaction tube. After adding increasing doses of the agonist MCH at concentrations ranging from 10"12 M to 10"6 M, reactions are initiated by the addition of 100 pM GTP gamma35S. In competition experiments, non-radiolabeled test compounds (e.g., compounds provided herein) are added to separate assays at concentrations ranging from 10"10 M to 10"5 M along with 10 nM MCH to yield a final volume of 0.25 mL. Neutral antagonists are those test compounds that reduce the MCH stimulated GTP binding activity towards, but not below, baseline (the level of GTP bound by membranes in this assay in the absence of added MCH or other agonist and in the further absence of any test compound).
An antagonist test compound that elevates GTP binding activity above baseline in the absence of added MCH in this GTP binding assay is characterized as having partial agonist activity. Preferred antagonist compounds described herein do not elevate GTP binding activity under such conditions more than 10% above baseline, preferably not more than 5% above baseline, and most preferably not more than 2% above baseline.
Following a 60-min incubation at room temperature, the reactions are terminated by vacuum filtration over GF/C filters (pre-soaked in wash buffer, 0.1% BSA) followed by washing with ice-cold wash buffer (50 mM Tris pH 7.4, 120 mM NaCl). The amount of G-alpha-bound (and thereby membrane-bound) GTP gamma35S is determined by measuring the bound radioactivity, preferably by liquid scintillation spectrometry of the washed filters. Non-specific binding is determined using 10 mM GTP gamma35S and typically represents less than 10% of total binding. Data is expressed as percent above basal (baseline). The results of these GTP binding experiments are analyzed using SIGMAPLOT software and IC50 determined. The IC50 is then used to generate K; as described by Cheng and Prusoff (1973) Biochem Pharmacol. 22(23):3099-10&.
Preferred compounds are MCHl receptor antagonists that do not possess significant (e.g., greater than 5%) agonist activity in any of the MCH mediated functional assays discussed herein. Specifically, this undesired agonist activity can be evaluated, for example, in the GTP binding assay described above, by measuring small molecule mediated GTP binding in the absence of the agonist,
MCH. The preferred extent of MCHlR agonist activity exhibited by compounds of the invention is less than 10%, more preferably less than 5% and most preferably less than 2% of the response elicited by the agonist, MCH.
EXAMPLE 12. MELANIN CONCENTRATING HORMONE RECEPTOR BINDING ASSAY
This Example illustrates a standard assay of melanin concentrating hormone receptor binding that may be used to determine the binding affinity of compounds for the MCH receptor.
Cynomolgus macaque hypothalamus MCHl cDNA is prepared and cloned into PCDNA3.1 (INVITROGEN Corp., Carlsbad, CA), and HEK293 cells (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA) are stably transfected with the MCHl expression vector as described in PCT International Application publication number WO 03/059289, which published on July 24, 2003. The disclosure of WO 03/059289 at page 52 directed to the preparation and storage of the transfected HEK293 cells is hereby incorporated by reference.
At the time of assay, pellets are thawed by addition of wash buffer (25 mM Hepes with 1.0 mM CaCl2, 5.0 mM MgCl2, 120 mM NaCl, pH 7.4) and homogenized for 30 seconds using a BRINKMAN POLYTRON, setting 5. Cells are centrifuged for 10 minutes at 48,000 x g. The supernatant is discarded and the pellet is resuspended in fresh wash buffer, and homogenized again. An aliquot of this membrane homogenate is used to determine protein concentration via the Bradford method (BIO-RAD Protein Assay Kit, #500-0001, BIO-RAD, Hercules, CA). By this measure, a 1- liter culture of cells typically yields 50-75 mg of total membrane protein. The homogenate is centrifuged as before and resuspended to a protein concentration of 333 μg/mL in binding buffer (Wash buffer + 0.1% BSA and 1.0 μM final phosphoramidon) for an assay volume of 50 μg membrane protein/150 μL binding buffer. Phosphoramidon was from SIGMA BIOCHEMICALS, St. Louis, MO (cat# R-7385). Competition binding assays are performed at room temperature in Falcon 96 well round bottom polypropylene plates. Each assay well contains 150 μL of MCH receptor-containing membranes prepared as described above, 50 μL 125I-Tyr MCH, 50 μL binding buffer, and 2 μL test compound in DMSO. i25I-Tyr MCH (specific activity = 2200 Ci/mmol) is purchased from NEN, Boston, MA (Cat # NEX 373) and is diluted in binding buffer to provide a final assay concentration of 30 pM.
Non-specific binding is defined as the binding measured in the presence of 1 μM unlabeled MCH. MCH is purchased from BACHEM U.S.A., King of Prussia, PA (cat # H-1482). Assay wells used to determine MCH binding contain 150 μL of MCH receptor containing membranes, 50 μL 125I- Tyr MCH, 25 μL binding buffer and 25 μL binding buffer.
Assay plates are incubated for 1 hour at room temperature. Membranes are harvested onto
WALLAC™ glass fiber filters (PERKIN-ELMER, Gaithersburg, MD) which were pre-soaked with
1.0% PEI (polyethyleneimine) for 2 hours prior to use. Filters are allowed to dry overnight, and then counted in a WALLAC 1205 BETA PLATE counter after addition of WALLAC BETA SCINT™ scintillation fluid.
For saturation binding, the concentration of I25I-Tyr MCH is varied from 7 to 1,000 pM.
Typically, 11 concentration points are collected per saturation binding curve. Equilibrium binding parameters are determined by fitting the allosteric Hill equation to the measured values using
SIGMAPLOT software (SPSS Inc., Chicago, IL). For preferred compounds, K; values are below 1 micromolar, preferably below 500 nanomolar, more preferably below 100 nanomolar.
EXAMPLE 13. CALCIUM MOBILIZATION ASSAY
This Example illustrates a representative functional assay for monitoring the response of cells expressing melanin concentrating hormone receptors to melanin concentrating hormone. This assay can also be used to determine if test compounds act as agonists or antagonists of melanin concentrating hormone receptors.
Chinese Hamster Ovary (CHO) cells (American Type Culture Collection; Manassas, VA) are stably transfected with the MCH expression vector via calcium phosphate precipitation, and are grown to a density of 15,000 cells/well in FALCON™ black-walled, clear-bottomed 96-well plates (#3904, BECTON-DICKINSON, Franklin Lakes, NJ) in Ham's F12 culture medium (MEDIATECH, Herndon, VA) supplemented with 10% fetal bovine serum, 25 mM HEPES and 500 μg/mL (active) G418. Prior to running the assay, the culture medium is emptied from the 96 well plates. Fluo-3 calcium sensitive dye (Molecular Probes, Eugene, OR) is added to each well (dye solution: 1 mg FLUO-3 AM, 440 μL DMSO and 440 μL 20% pluronic acid in DMSO, diluted 1:4, 50 μL diluted solution per well). Plates are covered with aluminum foil and incubated at 370C for 1-2 hours. After the incubation, the dye is emptied from the plates, cells are washed once in 100 μL KRH buffer (0.05 mM KCl, 0.115 M NaCl, 9.6 mM NaH2PO4, 0.01 mM MgSO4, 25 mM HEPES, pH 7.4) to remove excess dye; after washing, 80 μL KRH buffer is added to each well.
Fluorescence response is monitored upon the addition of either human MCH receptor or test compound by a FLDPR™ plate reader (Molecular Devices, Sunnyvale, CA) by excitation at 480 nm and emission at 530 nm.
In order to measure the ability of a test compound to antagonize the response of cells expressing MCH receptors to MCH, the EC50 of MCH is first determined. An additional 20 μL of KRH buffer and 1 μL DMSO are added to each well of cells, prepared as described above. 100 μL
human MCH in KRH buffer is automatically transferred by the FLEPR instrument to each well. An 8- point concentration response curve, with final MCH concentrations of 1 nM to 3 μM, is used to determine MCH EC50.
Test compounds are dissolved in DMSO, diluted in 20 μL KRH buffer, and added to cells prepared as described above. The 96 well plates containing prepared cells and test compounds are incubated in the dark, at room temperature for 0.5-6 hours. It is important that the incubation not continue beyond 6 hours. Just prior to determining the fluorescence response, 100 μL human MCH diluted in KRH buffer to 2 x EC50 is automatically added by the FLLPR instrument to each well of the 96 well plate for a final sample volume of 200 μL and a final MCH concentration Of EC50. The final concentration of test compounds in the assay wells is between 1 nM and 5 μM. Typically, cells exposed to one EC50 of MCH exhibit a fluorescence response of about 10,000 Relative Fluorescence Units. Cells incubated with antagonists of the MCH receptor exhibit a response that is significantly less than that of the control cells to the p<0.05 level, as measured using a parametric test of statistical significance. Typically, antagonists of the MCH receptor decrease the fluorescence response by about 20%, preferably by about 50%, and most preferably by at least 80% as compared to matched controls. The ability of a compound to act as an agonist of the MCH receptor is determined by measuring the fluorescence response of cells expressing MCH receptors, using the methods described above, in the absence of MCH. Compounds that cause cells to exhibit fluorescence above background are MCH receptor agonists.
EXAMPLE 14. MDCK CYTOTOXICITY ASSAY
This Example illustrates the evaluation of compound toxicity using a Madin Darby canine kidney (MDCK) cell cytotoxicity assay.
1 μL of test compound is added to each well of a clear bottom 96-well plate (PACKARD, Meriden, CT) to give final concentration of compound in the assay of 10 μM, 100 μM or 200 μM. Solvent without test compound is added to control wells.
MDCK cells, ATCC no. CCL-34 (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA), are maintained in sterile conditions following the instructions in the ATCC production information sheet. Confluent MDCK cells are trypsinized, harvested, and diluted to a concentration of 0.1 x 106 cells/mL with warm (370C) medium (VITACELL Minimum Essential Medium Eagle, ATCC catalog # 30- 2003). 100 μL of diluted cells is added to each well, except for five standard curve control wells that contain 100 μL of warm medium without cells. The plate is then incubated at 37°C under 95% O2, 5% CO2 for 2 hours with constant shaking. After incubation, 50 μL of mammalian cell lysis solution (from the PACKARD (Meriden, CT) ATP-LITE-M Luminescent ATP detection kit) is added per
well, the wells are covered with PACKlARD TOPSEAL stickers, and plates are shaken at approximately 700 rpm on a suitable shaker for 2 minutes.
Compounds causing toxicity will decrease ATP production, relative to untreated cells. The ATP-LITE-M Luminescent ATP detection kit is generally used according to the manufacturer's instructions to measure ATP production in treated and untreated MDCK cells. PACKARD ATP LITE-M reagents are allowed to equilibrate to room temperature. Once equilibrated, the lyophilized substrate solution is reconstituted in 5.5 mL of substrate buffer solution (from kit). Lyophilized ATP standard solution is reconstituted in deionized water to give a 10 mM stock. For the five control wells, 10 μL of serially diluted PACKARD standard is added to each of the standard curve control wells to yield a final concentration in each subsequent well of 200 nM, 100 nM, 50 nM, 25 nM, and 12.5 nM. PACKARD substrate solution (50 μL) is added to all wells, which are then covered, and the plates are shaken at approximately 700 rpm on a suitable shaker for 2 minutes. A white PACKARD sticker is attached to the bottom of each plate and samples are dark adapted by wrapping plates in foil and placing in the dark for 10 minutes. Luminescence is then measured at 22°C using a luminescence counter (e.g., PACKARD TOPCOUNT Microplate Scintillation and Luminescence Counter or TECAN SPECTRAFLUOR PLUS), and ATP levels calculated from the standard curve. ATP levels in cells treated with test compound(s) are compared to the levels determined for untreated cells. Cells treated with 10 μM of a preferred test compound exhibit ATP levels that are at least 80%, preferably at least 90%, of the untreated cells. When a 100 μM concentration of the test compound is used, cells treated with preferred test compounds exhibit ATP levels that are at least 50%, preferably at least 80%, of the ATP levels detected in untreated cells.
EXAMPLE 15. MICROSOMAL IN VITRO HALF-LIFE
This Example illustrates the evaluation of compound half-life values (ti/2 values) using a representative liver microsomal half-life assay.
Pooled human liver microsomes are obtained from XenoTech LLC (Kansas City, KS). Such liver microsomes may also be obtained from Ih Vitro Technologies (Baltimore, MD) or Tissue Transformation Technologies (Edison, NJ). Six test reactions are prepared, each containing 25 μL microsomes, 5 μL of a 100 μM solution of test compound, and 399 μL 0.1 M phosphate buffer (19 mL 0.1 M NaH2PO4, 81 mL 0.1 M Na2HPO4, adjusted to pH 7.4 with H3PO4). A seventh reaction is prepared as a positive control containing 25 μL microsomes, 399 μL 0.1 M phosphate buffer, and 5 μL of a 100 μM solution of a compound with known metabolic properties (e.g., DIAZEPAM or CLOZAPINE). Reactions are preincubated at 390C for 10 minutes.
Cofactor mixture is prepared by diluting 16.2 mg NADP and 45.4 mg glucose-6-phosphate in 4 mL 100 mM MgCl2. Glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase solution is prepared by diluting 214.3 μL
glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase suspension (Roche Molecular Biochemicals; Indianapolis, IN) into 1285.7 μL distilled water. 71 μL of starting reaction mixture (3 mL cofactor mixture; 1.2 mL glucose-6-phosphate dehydrogenase solution) is added to 5 of the 6 test reactions and to the positive control. 71 μL 100 mM MgCl2 is added to the sixth test reaction, which is used as a negative control. At each time point (0, 1, 3, 5, and 10 minutes), 75 μL of each reaction mix is pipetted into a well of a 96-well deep-well plate containing 75 μL ice-cold acetonitrile. Samples are vortexed and centrifuged 10 minutes at 3500 rpm (Sorval T 6000D centrifuge, HlOOOB rotor). 75 μL of supernatant from each reaction is transferred to a well of a 96-well plate containing 150 μL of a 0.5 μM solution of a compound with a known LCMS profile (internal standard) per well. LCMS analysis of each sample is carried out and the amount of unmetabolized test compound is measured as AUC, compound concentration vs. time is plotted, and the t1/2 value of the test compound is extrapolated.
Preferred compounds provided herein exhibit in vitro t1/2 values of greater than 10 minutes and less than 4 hours, preferably between 30 minutes and 1 hour, in human liver microsomes.
From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention.
Claims
WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound of the formula
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
W is absent or CRsR6, wherein R5 and R6 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, Ci-C4alkyl, Q- C4alkoxy, C2-C4alkenyl, or haloCrC2alkyl, or R5 and R6 are taken together to form an oxo group; Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4 and Y5 are each nitrogen or CRi, wherein no more than 3 Of Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, and Y5 are nitrogen; Each Ri is independently:
(i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, -CONH2, Q-Qalkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2- Qalkynyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, haloCrC6alkyl, haloCi-C6alkoxy, hydroxyCrC6alkyl, Q- C6alkylthio, Ci-C3alkylether, aminoCi-C6alkyl, mono- or di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, mono- or di-Ci-Cβalkylcarboxamide, Ci-C6alkylsulfonyl, (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C6alkyl, or (heterocycloalkyl)Co-C6alkyl; or
(ii) any two adjacent Ri may be joined to form a fused 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle, each of which is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, CrC4alkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, haloCi-C4alkyl, and haloQ- C4alkoxy; wherein when Yi, Y2, Y3, Y4 and Y5 are all CRi at least one Ri is not hydrogen;
R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, Ci-C4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, C2-C4alkenyl, or haloCi-C2alkyl; or
R2 and R3 are taken together to form an oxo group; or
R3 is taken together with R9 to form a fused 5- to 10-membered carbocycle or heterocycle; R4 is hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, CrC4alkoxy, mono- or di-Ci-C4alkylamino,
-NHCHO, C2-C4alkanoylamino, haloCi-C2alkyl, or haloCi-C2alkoxy; P is nitrogen or CR7; Q is nitrogen or CR8; U is nitrogen or CR9; T is nitrogen or CRi0; X is nitrogen or CRn;
wherein no more than 3 of P, Q, U, T, and X are nitrogen;
R7 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula -L-M; or
(ii) taken together with R8 to form a fused 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle; Rs is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula -L-M; or (ii) taken together with R7 to form a fused 5- or 6-membered carbocycle or heterocycle;
(iii) taken together with Rn to form a fused 5- to 10-membered carbocycle or heterocycle, each of which is substituted O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Cj- C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi- C2alkyl, and haloCrC2alkoxy;
R9 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula -L-M; or
(ii) taken together with R10 to form a fused 5- to 10-membered carbocycle or heterocycle;
R10 is: (i) hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, -COOH, or a group of the formula -L-M; or
(ii) taken together with R3 or R9 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle; R1] is: (i) bromo, iodo, hydroxy, nitro, or cyano; (ii) a group of the formula -L-G;
(iii) 5-10 membered cycloalkenyl, aryl, heterocycloalkenyl, or heteroaryl, each of which is substituted with O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-
C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy; or (iv) taken together with R8 to form an optionally substituted fused 5- to 10-membered carbocycle or heterocycle;
G is Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, aminoCi-C6alkyl, or a 5- to 10- membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, and haloCi-C2alkoxy, and G is further substituted with 0 to 1 substituent chosen from
(a) oxo, hydroxy, cyano, -COOH, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H, -SO2NH2, and imino,
(b) (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C8alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, Q- C6alkylsulfonyl, CrC6alkylthio, Ci-Cβalkylsulfonamide, Ci-C6alkoxycarbonyl, C2-
Cβalkanoylamino, mono- and di-Ci-C6alkylcarboxamide, and Ci-C6alkyloxime, each of which (b) is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, (Ci-C4alkoxy)C0-C4alkyl, mono- and di- Ci-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloQ- C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy; and
(c) (carbocycle)C0-C6alkyl, (heterocycle)C0-C6alkyl, (carbocycle)C0-C6alkoxy, (heterocycle)C0-C6alkoxy, (carbocycle)Co-C6alkylamino, and (heterocycle)C0- C6alkylamino; each of which (c) is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C6alkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Q- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy; each L is independently a single covalent bond, -N(Ri3)-, -O-, -C(=O)-, -SO2-, -SO2NH-, -C(=O)N(R13)-, or -N(R13)C(=O)-, wherein each R13 is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, or haloCi -C6alkyl; and each M is independently hydrogen, Ci-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCi-C6alkyl, aminoCi- C6alkyl, or a 5- to 10-membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl.
2. A compound or salt of Claim 1 , wherein W is absent.
3. A compound or salt of Claim 1, wherein W is CR5R6.
4. A compound or salt of Claim 3, wherein R5 and R6 are independently hydrogen or methyl.
5. A compound or salt of Claim 3, wherein R5 and Re are taken together to form an oxo group.
6. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 5, wherein one and only one of Yi, Y2, Y3, Y4 and Y5 is nitrogen.
7. A compound or salt of Claim 6, wherein one of Yi, Y4, and Y5 is nitrogen.
8. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 5, wherein Yi, Y2, Y3, Y4, and Y5 are
9. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 8, wherein
Each Ri is independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, nitro, cyano, amino, Ci-C4alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, haloCrC2alkyl, haloCi-C2alkoxy, hydroxyCi-C4alkyl, Ci-C4alkylthio, aminoCi- C6alkyl, mono- or di-(Ci-C4alkyl)amino, or (C3-C7cycloalkyl)C0-C2alkyl.
10. A compound or salt of Claim 9, wherein
Each Ri is independently hydrogen, halogen, Ci-C2alkyl, C2-C4alkenyl, Ci-C2alkoxy, haloCi-C2alkyl, or haloCi-C2alkoxy.
11. A compound or salt of Claim 10, wherein
Y1, Y2, Y3, Y4, and Y5 are all CRi; and the R1 Of Y1, Y4, and Y5 are all hydrogen.
12. A compound or salt of Claim 11 , wherein
R1 of Y2 is halogen, methyl, methoxy, or trifiuoromethyl, and
R] of Y3 is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, methoxy, or trifiuoromethyl.
13. A compound or salt of Claim 11 , wherein
Ri of Y2 is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, methoxy, or trifiuoromethyl, and Ri Of Y3 is halogen, methyl, methoxy, or trifiuoromethyl.
14. A compound or salt of Claim 11 , wherein
R] of Y2 is methoxy or trifiuoromethyl, and Ri of Y3 is chloro.
15. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 14, wherein R2 and R3 are independently hydrogen or methyl.
16. A compound or salt of Claim 15, wherein R2 and R3 are both hydrogen.
17. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 14, wherein R2 is joined with R3 to form an oxo group.
18. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 17, wherein R4 is hydrogen, hydroxy, amino, -NHCHO, or C2alkanoylamino.
19. A compound or salt of Claim 18, wherein R4 hydroxy.
20. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 19, wherein P is nitrogen or CR7; Q is CR8; U is CR9; T is CRi0; and X is CRn.
21. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 19, wherein P is CR7; Q is nitrogen; U is CR9; T is CR10; and X is CRn.
22. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 19, wherein P is CR7; Q is CR8; U is nitrogen; T is CR10; and X is CR11.
23. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 19, wherein P is CR7; Q is CR8; U is CR9; T is nitrogen; and X is CRn.
24. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 19, wherein P is CR7; Q is CR8; U is CR9; T is CR10; and X is CRn.
25. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 24, wherein
R7, R8, R9, and R10 are independently hydrogen, halogen, hydroxy, Q-Cgalkyl, Ci-C6alkoxy, mono- or di-Q-Cβalkylamino, haloCrC2alkyl, or haloCi-C2alkoxy.
26. A compound or salt of Claim 25, wherein R7 and R8 are independently hydrogen, C1- C2alkyl, or Ci-C2alkoxy; and R9 and R10 are hydrogen.
27. A compound or salt of Claim 26, wherein R7 and R8 are both methyl.
28. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 27, wherein R11 is a group of the formula -L-G.
29. A compound or salt of Claim 28, wherein
G is Q-Qalkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, haloCrC6alkyl, aminoCrC6alkyl, or a 5- to 10- membered cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl; each of which is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, and haloCi-C2alkoxy, and G is further substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from (a) oxo, hydroxy, cyano, -COOH, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H, -SO2NH2, and imino,
(b) (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C8alkyl)aminoCo-C6alkyl, Q-
C6alkylsulfonyl, Ci-C6alkylthio, Ci-C6alkylsulfonamide, Ci-C6alkoxycarbonyl, C2- C6alkanoylamino, mono- and
and Ci-C6alkyloxime, each of which (b) is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, (Ci-C4alkoxy)C0-C4alkyl, mono- and di-
C1-C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, C!-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloQ- C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy, and
(c) (carbocycle)C0-C6alkyl, (heterocycle)C0-C6alkyl, (carbocycle)C0-C6alkoxy, (heterocycle)C0-C6alkoxy, (carbocycle)C0-C6alkylamino, and (heterocycle)C0- C6alkylamino, wherein the carbocycle is phenyl, naphthyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, or C3-
C7cycloalkenyl, and the heterocycle is pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, dioxolanyl, tetrahydropyranyl, isothiazolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, dihydropyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, thienyl, pyrazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, thiadiazolyl, isoxazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyridinyl, tetrahydropyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrazinyl, benzodioxanyl, indolyl, isoindolyl, indazolyl, indanyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, or benzimidazolyl; each of which (c) are substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q-Qalkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)C0-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, Ci- C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
30. A compound or salt of Claim 29, wherein L is -O-.
31. A compound or salt of Claim 30, wherein
G is Ci-C6alkyl, each of which is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, and haloCi-C2alkoxy, and
G is further substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from (a) oxo, hydroxy, cyano, -COOH, -(C=O)NH2, -NH(C=O)H,
(b) Q-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)amino, Q-Cβalkylsulfonyl, Ci-C6alkylthio, Q-
Qalkylsulfonamide, Ci-C6alkoxycarbonyl, and C2-C6alkanoylammo, each of which (b) is substituted with from O to 5 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, (Ci-C4alkoxy)Co-C4alkyl, mono- and di-Q- C4alkylamino, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, CrC4alkoxycarbonyl, haloQ-
C2alkyl, and haloCrC2alkoxy, and
(c) (carbocycle)Co-C6alkyl and (heterocycle)C0-C6alkyl, wherein the carbocycle is phenyl, naphthyl, C3-C7cycloalkyl, or C3-C7cycloalkenyl, and the heterocycle is pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomorpholinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, thienyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, imidiazolyl, triazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl or, pyrazinyl, each of which (c) are substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Q- Qalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-(Q-C4alkyl)ammo, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3- C7cycloalkyl, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloQ-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
32. A compound or salt of Claim 31, wherein G is Ci-C4alkyl.
33. A compound or salt of Claim 31 , wherein
G is Q-C6alkyl substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from
(a) oxo, hydroxy, -(C=O)NH2, and -NH(C=O)H, and
(b) Q-C4alkoxy, mono- and di-(C1-C4alkyl)amino, Ci-C4alkoxycarbonyl, and C2- C4alkanoylamino, each of which (b) is substituted with from O to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C2alkoxy, mono- and di-Q- C4alkylamino, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCrC2alkoxy.
34. A compound or salt of Claim 31 , wherein
G is CrC6alkyl substituted with at least one substituent independently chosen from
(carbocycle)C0-C6alkyl and (heterocycle)Co-Cealkyl, wherein the carbocycle is phenyl or C3- C7cycloalkyl, and the heterocycle is pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, thiomoφholinyl, pyrrolyl, pyrazolyl, furanyl, thienyl, imidiazolyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, or pyrazinyl, each of which (carbocycle)C0- C6alkyl and (heterocycle)C0-C6alkyl is substituted with from 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-C2alkoxy, mono- and di-Q- C4alkylamino, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCrC2alkoxy.
35. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 20 or 22 to 24, wherein
Rn is taken together with R8 to form a fused carbocycle or heterocycle; which is substituted with 0 to 3 substituents independently chosen from halogen, amino, cyano, hydroxy, oxo, Ci-Cβalkyl, (Ci-C6alkoxy)Co-C6alkoxy, mono- and di-(Ci-C6alkyl)aminoC0-C6alkyl, C2-C4alkanoyl, C3- Cvcycloalkyl, d-C4alkoxycarbonyl, haloCi-C2alkyl, and haloCi-C2alkoxy.
36. A compound or salt of Claim 35 , wherein
Rn is taken together with R8 to form a fused 5 or 6 membered heterocycloalkyl ring having 1 or 2 oxygen atoms; which is substituted with 0 to 2 substituents independently chosen from halogen, hydroxy, methyl, and methoxy.
37. A compound or salt of Claim 36, wherein R7, R9, and Ri0 are independently hydrogen or methyl.
38. A compound or salt thereof of Claim 1 , wherein the compound is 8-(4-methoxy-2,3 -dimethylbenzyl)-3 -(4-chloro-3 -rnethoxyphenyl)-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1] octan-3-ol;
8-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(4-chloro-3-trifluoromethylphenyl)-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3- ol;
8-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octane; 8-(l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)ethyl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-
3-ol;
3-(3,4-difluorophenyl)-8-(l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)ethyl)-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1] octan-3-ol;
(8-(l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)ethyl)-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-yl)(4-
(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)methanone; 3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-(l-(4-methoxy-2,3-dimethylphenyl)ethyl)-8-aza- bicyclo[3.2. l]octan-3-ol; 8-(2,3-dimethyl-4-(3-moφholinopropoxy)benzyl)-3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-aza- bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol; 8-(2,3-dimethyl-4-(3-(piperidin-l-yl)propoxy)benzyl)-3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-aza- bicyclo[3.2. l]octan-3-ol;
8-(4-(2-methoxyethoxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-aza- bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol;
8-(4-(3-methoxypropoxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-aza- bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol; 8-(4-(3-(dimethylamino)propoxy)-2,3-dimethylbenzyl)-3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-aza- bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol; 8-(2,3-dimethyl-4-(3-(pyridin-2-yl)propoxy)benzyl)-3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-8-aza- bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-3-ol; or l-(3-(4-((3-(4-chloro-3-methoxyphenyl)-3-hydroxy-8-aza-bicyclo[3.2.1]octan-8-yl)methyl)-2,3- dimethylρhenoxy)propyl)pyrrolidin-2-one.
39. A compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 38, wherein the compound exhibits a Kf of 1 micromolar or less in an MCH receptor ligand binding assay or an IC50 of 1 micromolar or less in a MCH receptor-mediated calcium mobilization assay.
40. A compound or salt of Claim 39, wherein the compound exhibits a K; of 500 nanomolar or less in an MCH receptor ligand binding assay.
41. A compound or salt of Claim 39, wherein the compound exhibits a Kj of 100 nanomolar or less in an MCH receptor ligand binding assay.
42. A compound or salt of Claim 39, wherein the compound exhibits a K; of 10 nanomolar or less in an MCH receptor ligand binding assay.
43. A pharmaceutical composition, comprising a compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 42, in combination with at least one physiologically acceptable carrier or excipient.
44. The pharmaceutical composition of Claim 43, wherein the composition is formulated as an injectable fluid, an aerosol, a cream, an oral liquid, a tablet, a gel, a pill, a capsule, a syrup, or a transdermal patch.
45. A packaged pharmaceutical preparation, comprising: a pharmaceutical composition of Claim 43 or 44 in a container; and instructions for using the composition to treat a patient suffering from a disorder associated with MCH receptor activation or to modulate bone mass in a patient.
46. The packaged pharmaceutical preparation of Claim 45, wherein the disorder is an eating disorder, a sexual disorder, obesity, diabetes, heart disease, metabolic syndrome, stroke, anxiety, depression, a skin pigmentation disorder, a reward system disorder, a cognitive disorder, or a fluid balance disorder.
47. A method for modulating binding of MCH to cellular MCH receptor, the method comprising contacting cells expressing MCH receptor with a compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 42, in an amount sufficient to detectably modulate MCH binding to MCH receptor in vitro, and thereby modulating MCH binding to MCH receptor in the cells.
48. The method of Claim 47, wherein the cells are present in an animal.
49. The method of Claim 48, wherein animal is a human and the cells are brain cells.
50. The method of Claim 47, wherein the modulation is inhibition.
51. A method for modulating binding of MCH to a MCH receptor in vitro, the method comprising contacting MCH receptor with a compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 42, under conditions and in an amount sufficient to detectably modulate MCH binding to the MCH receptor.
52. A method for altering the signal-transducing activity of a MCH receptor in a cell, the method comprising contacting a cell expressing MCH receptor with a compound or salt, of any one of Claims 1 to 42, under conditions and in an amount sufficient to detectably alter the electrophysiology of the cell, and thereby altering the signal-transducing activity of MCH receptor in the cell.
53. The method of Claim 52, wherein the cell is present in an animal.
54. The method of Claim 52, wherein animal is a human and the cell is a brain cell.
55. The method of Claim 52 wherein the signal-transducing activity of the MCH receptor in a cell is inhibited.
56. The method of Claim 52, wherein the alteration in the electrophysiology of the cell is detected as a change in the animal's feeding behavior.
57. A method for treating a disease or disorder associated with MCH receptor activation, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of Claims 1 to 42.
58. The method of Claim 57, wherein the disease or disorder is an eating disorder, sexual disorder, diabetes, heart disease, metabolic syndrome, stroke, anxiety, depression, a skin pigmentation disorder, a reward system disorder, a cognitive disorder, or a fluid balance disorder.
58. A method for modulating bone mass in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of Claims 1 to 42.
60. The method of any one of Claims 57-59, wherein the compound or salt is administered orally.
61. The method of any one of Claims 57-59, wherein the compound or salt is administered intranasally, intravenously, or topically.
62. The method of any one of Claims 57-59, wherein the patient is a human.
63. The method of any one of Claims 57-59, wherein the patient is a dog or a cat.
64. A method for treating obesity, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any one of Claims 1 to 42.
65. The method of Claim 64, wherein the compound or salt is administered orally.
66. The method of Claim 64 or 65, wherein the patient is a human.
67. The method of Claim 64 or 65, wherein the patient is a dog or a cat.
68. A compound or salt, of any one of Claims 1 to 42, wherein the compound or salt is radiolabeled.
69. A method for determining the presence or absence of MCH receptor in a sample, comprising: contacting a sample with a compound or salt of any one of Claims 1 to 42 under conditions that permit binding of the compound or salt to MCH receptor; and detecting a level of compound or salt bound to MCH receptor, and therefrom determining the presence or absence of MCH receptor in the sample.
70. The method according to Claim 69, wherein the compound is radiolabeled, and wherein detecting a level of compound or salt comprises: separating unbound compound from bound compound; and determining an amount of bound compound in the sample.
71. The method of Claim 69, wherein the sample is a tissue section.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| US61829204P | 2004-10-13 | 2004-10-13 | |
| PCT/US2005/035457 WO2006044174A2 (en) | 2004-10-13 | 2005-10-04 | Aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds as ligands of the melanin concentrating hormone receptor |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| EP1809626A2 true EP1809626A2 (en) | 2007-07-25 |
Family
ID=36088256
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| EP05812516A Withdrawn EP1809626A2 (en) | 2004-10-13 | 2005-10-04 | Aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds as ligands of the melanin concentrating hormone receptor |
Country Status (5)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| EP (1) | EP1809626A2 (en) |
| JP (1) | JP2008515972A (en) |
| AU (1) | AU2005296124A1 (en) |
| CA (1) | CA2581745A1 (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2006044174A2 (en) |
Families Citing this family (41)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| FR2911874B1 (en) * | 2007-01-25 | 2009-03-06 | Sanofi Aventis Sa | DERIVATIVES OF TROPANE UREES, THEIR PREPARATION AND THEIR THERAPEUTIC APPLICATION |
| KR20090047458A (en) | 2006-08-08 | 2009-05-12 | 사노피-아벤티스 | Arylaminoaryl-alkyl-substituted imidazolidine-2,4-diones, methods of preparation thereof, medicaments comprising these compounds and uses thereof |
| WO2008106128A2 (en) | 2007-02-26 | 2008-09-04 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | CYCLIC UREA AND CARBAMATE INHIBITORS OF 11β -HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE 1 |
| AR069207A1 (en) | 2007-11-07 | 2010-01-06 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals Inc | CYCLIC UREAS AS INHIBITORS OF THE 11 BETA - HIDROXI-ESTEROIDE DESHIDROGENASA 1 |
| AR069545A1 (en) | 2007-11-16 | 2010-02-03 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharma | DERIVATIVES OF ARIL AND HETEROARILCARBONILO OF RELATED BENZOMORPHANS AND RELATED STRUCTURES, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS, OBTAINING THEMSELVES, THEIR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES MEDIATED BY THE INHIBITION OF THE HIDDEN AND DISEASE |
| EP2229368A1 (en) | 2007-12-11 | 2010-09-22 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Cyclic urea inhibitors of 11beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1 |
| DK2300461T3 (en) | 2008-05-01 | 2013-06-03 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals Inc | CYCLIC INHIBITORS OF 11BETA-HYDROXYSTEROID DEHYDROGENASE 1 |
| WO2009137270A2 (en) * | 2008-05-09 | 2009-11-12 | H. Lundbeck A/S | Azetidine derivatives |
| AR071719A1 (en) | 2008-05-13 | 2010-07-07 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | ALICICLIC DERIVATIVES OF CARBOXILIC ACID OF BENZOMORPHANS AND RELATED STRUCTURES, MEDICINES CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USE. OBTAINING PROCESSES |
| US8470841B2 (en) | 2008-07-09 | 2013-06-25 | Sanofi | Heterocyclic compounds, processes for their preparation, medicaments comprising these compounds, and the use thereof |
| MX2011000664A (en) * | 2008-07-16 | 2011-02-24 | Schering Corp | Bicyclic heterocycle derivatives and use thereof as gpr119 modulators. |
| CA2730499A1 (en) | 2008-07-25 | 2010-01-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Cyclic inhibitors of 11beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1 |
| CA2729998A1 (en) | 2008-07-25 | 2010-01-28 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Inhibitors of 11beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1 |
| US8609690B2 (en) | 2008-08-25 | 2013-12-17 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Aryl- and heteroarylcarbonyl derivatives of substituted nortropanes, medicaments containing such compounds and their use |
| AR073920A1 (en) | 2008-10-23 | 2010-12-09 | Boehringer Ingelheim Int | UREA DERIVATIVES OF SUBSTITUTED NORTROPANS, DRUGS CONTAINING THESE COMPOUNDS, THEIR USE IN THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES MEDIATED BY THE INHIBITION OF THE 11BETA-HYDROXIESTEROID DISHYDROGENASE DISEASE AND PROCESS FOR PREPARATION. |
| WO2010068601A1 (en) | 2008-12-08 | 2010-06-17 | Sanofi-Aventis | A crystalline heteroaromatic fluoroglycoside hydrate, processes for making, methods of use and pharmaceutical compositions thereof |
| JP5679997B2 (en) | 2009-02-04 | 2015-03-04 | ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | Cyclic inhibitor of 11β-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1 |
| US8680093B2 (en) | 2009-04-30 | 2014-03-25 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Cyclic inhibitors of 11beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1 |
| WO2010139673A1 (en) | 2009-06-02 | 2010-12-09 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Cyclic inhibitors of 11beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1 |
| EP2440537A1 (en) | 2009-06-11 | 2012-04-18 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Cyclic inhibitors of 11beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1 based on the 1,3 -oxazinan- 2 -one structure |
| US8883778B2 (en) | 2009-07-01 | 2014-11-11 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Cyclic inhibitors of 11 beta-hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase 1 |
| JP2013503135A (en) | 2009-08-26 | 2013-01-31 | サノフイ | Novel crystalline heteroaromatic fluoroglycoside hydrate, pharmaceutical comprising the compound and use thereof |
| TWI531571B (en) | 2009-11-06 | 2016-05-01 | 維它藥物公司 | Aryl- and heteroarylcarbonyl derivatives of hexahydroindolopyridine and octahydrobenzoquinoline |
| WO2011159760A1 (en) | 2010-06-16 | 2011-12-22 | Vitae Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted 5-,6- and 7-membered heterocycles, medicaments containing such compounds, and their use |
| WO2011161128A1 (en) | 2010-06-25 | 2011-12-29 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Azaspirohexanones as inhibitors of 11-beta-hsd1 for the treatment of metabolic disorders |
| AU2011325286B2 (en) | 2010-11-02 | 2015-04-16 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Pharmaceutical combinations for the treatment of metabolic disorders |
| TWI537258B (en) | 2010-11-05 | 2016-06-11 | 百靈佳殷格翰國際股份有限公司 | Aryl-and heteroarylcarbonyl derivatives of hexahydroindenopyridine and octahydrobenzoquinoline |
| WO2012120057A1 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2012-09-13 | Sanofi | Novel substituted phenyl-oxathiazine derivatives, method for producing them, drugs containing said compounds and the use thereof |
| WO2012120054A1 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2012-09-13 | Sanofi | Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof |
| EP2766349B1 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2016-06-01 | Sanofi | Oxathiazine derivatives substituted with carbocycles or heterocycles, method for producing same, drugs containing said compounds, and use thereof |
| EP2683701B1 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2014-12-24 | Sanofi | Oxathiazine derivatives substituted with benzyl or heteromethylene groups, method for their preparation, their usage as medicament, medicament containing same and its use |
| US8809325B2 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2014-08-19 | Sanofi | Benzyl-oxathiazine derivatives substituted with adamantane and noradamantane, medicaments containing said compounds and use thereof |
| US8828995B2 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2014-09-09 | Sanofi | Branched oxathiazine derivatives, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof |
| EP2683702B1 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2014-12-24 | Sanofi | New substituted phenyl oxathiazine derivatives, method for their manufacture, medicines containing these compounds and their application |
| US8871758B2 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2014-10-28 | Sanofi | Tetrasubstituted oxathiazine derivatives, method for producing them, their use as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and the use thereof |
| EP2683699B1 (en) | 2011-03-08 | 2015-06-24 | Sanofi | Di- and tri-substituted oxathiazine derivates, method for the production thereof, use thereof as medicine and drug containing said derivatives and use thereof |
| WO2013025664A1 (en) | 2011-08-17 | 2013-02-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Indenopyridine derivatives |
| CN109476645A (en) | 2016-07-14 | 2019-03-15 | 辉瑞大药厂 | Novel pyrimidinecarboxamides as inhibitors of VANIN-1 enzymes |
| KR20200125758A (en) | 2017-10-27 | 2020-11-04 | 베링거 인겔하임 인터내셔날 게엠베하 | Pyridine carbonyl derivatives and therapeutic uses thereof as TRPC6 inhibitors |
| KR20230051247A (en) | 2020-08-13 | 2023-04-17 | 베링거 인겔하임 인터내셔날 게엠베하 | Treatment of cognitive impairment associated with schizophrenia |
| WO2022078927A1 (en) | 2020-10-13 | 2022-04-21 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Process of reworking |
Family Cites Families (2)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| AU2001279294A1 (en) * | 2000-07-06 | 2002-01-21 | Neurogen Corporation | Melanin concentrating hormone receptor ligands |
| MXPA03010612A (en) * | 2001-05-22 | 2004-04-02 | Neurogen Corp | Melanin concentrating hormone receptor ligands: substituted 1-benzyl-4-aryl piperazine analogues. |
-
2005
- 2005-10-04 WO PCT/US2005/035457 patent/WO2006044174A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2005-10-04 JP JP2007536725A patent/JP2008515972A/en active Pending
- 2005-10-04 CA CA002581745A patent/CA2581745A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-10-04 AU AU2005296124A patent/AU2005296124A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2005-10-04 EP EP05812516A patent/EP1809626A2/en not_active Withdrawn
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| See references of WO2006044174A2 * |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| AU2005296124A1 (en) | 2006-04-27 |
| WO2006044174A2 (en) | 2006-04-27 |
| JP2008515972A (en) | 2008-05-15 |
| WO2006044174A3 (en) | 2006-06-08 |
| WO2006044174A9 (en) | 2006-07-20 |
| CA2581745A1 (en) | 2006-04-27 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| EP1809626A2 (en) | Aryl substituted 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane compounds as ligands of the melanin concentrating hormone receptor | |
| US20070249616A1 (en) | Substituted 1-Benzyl-4-Substituted Piperazine Analogues | |
| AU774867B2 (en) | Heteroaryl diazabicycloalkanes, their preparation and use | |
| US6815438B2 (en) | Heteroaryl-diazabicycloalkanes | |
| US20060009456A1 (en) | Aryl-substituted piperazine derivatives | |
| US7160879B2 (en) | Melanin concentrating hormone receptor ligands: substituted 2-(4-benzyl-piperazin-1-ylmethyl)- and 2-(4-benzyl-diazepan-1-ylmethyl)-1H-benzoimidazole analogues | |
| JP2007077144A (en) | Amino-substituted pyrazolo [1,5-a] -1,5-pyrimidines and pyrazolo [1,5-a] -1,3,5-triazines | |
| US6680328B2 (en) | 8-azabicyclo[3.2.1]oct-2-ene and -octane derivatives | |
| US6906075B2 (en) | Melanin concentrating hormone receptor ligands: substituted benzoimidazole analogues | |
| US7064118B2 (en) | Heteroaryl diazacycloalkanes, their preparation and use | |
| WO2006015279A1 (en) | Heterocyclic diamine compounds as ligands of the melanin concentrating hormone receptor useful for the treatment of obesity, diabetes, eating and sexual disorders | |
| CA2641767A1 (en) | Novel diazabicycloalkane derivatives and their medical use | |
| JP2003137872A (en) | Substituted 2-cyclohexyl-4-phenyl-1h-imidazole derivative | |
| US20050239791A1 (en) | Substituted 1-heteroaryl-4-substituted piperazine and piperidine analogues | |
| US20080161344A1 (en) | Melanin Concentrating Hormone Receptor Ligands: Substituted Tetrahydroisoquinoline Analogues |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
| 17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20070319 |
|
| AK | Designated contracting states |
Kind code of ref document: A2 Designated state(s): AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC NL PL PT RO SE SI SK TR |
|
| 17Q | First examination report despatched |
Effective date: 20071011 |
|
| DAX | Request for extension of the european patent (deleted) | ||
| STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION IS DEEMED TO BE WITHDRAWN |
|
| 18D | Application deemed to be withdrawn |
Effective date: 20080222 |